gtk/po-properties/he.po

# Copyright (C) 2000,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Tzafrir Cohen <tzafrir@technion.ac.il>, 2000.
# Gil 'Dolfin' Osher <dolfin@rpg.org.il>, 2002
# Yaron Shahrabani <sh.yaron@gmail.com>, 2011.
# Yosef Or Boczko <yoseforb@gmail.com>, 2013-2021.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+.HEAD.he\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk/-/issues/\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-01-19 19:59+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-01-21 18:03+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Yaron Shahrabani <sh.yaron@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <yoseforb@gmail.com>\n"
"Language: he\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n>2||n==0) ? 1 : 2;\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0.1\n"
"X-Project-Style: gnome\n"

#: gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.c:130 gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:172 gdk/gdkseat.c:188
#: gdk/gdkseat.c:189 gdk/gdksurface.c:522 gdk/gdksurface.c:523
#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:235 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:992
#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:993 gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:199 gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:124
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:919
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Display"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:178 gtk/gtktexttag.c:794
msgid "Fallback"
msgstr "Fallback"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:179
msgid "Cursor image to fall back to if this cursor cannot be displayed"
msgstr "Cursor image to fall back to if this cursor cannot be displayed"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:192
msgid "Hotspot X"
msgstr "Hotspot X"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:193
msgid "Horizontal offset of the cursor hotspot"
msgstr "Horizontal offset of the cursor hotspot"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:206
msgid "Hotspot Y"
msgstr "Hotspot Y"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:207
msgid "Vertical offset of the cursor hotspot"
msgstr "Vertical offset of the cursor hotspot"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:222 gtk/gtkcssnode.c:612 gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:242
#: gtk/gtkfilefilter.c:239 gtk/gtkprinter.c:123 gtk/gtkstack.c:427
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:137
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:223
msgid "Name of this cursor"
msgstr "Name of this cursor"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:238 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:225
msgid "Texture"
msgstr "Texture"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:239
msgid "The texture displayed by this cursor"
msgstr "The texture displayed by this cursor"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:113
msgid "Device Display"
msgstr "Device Display"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:114
msgid "Display which the device belongs to"
msgstr "Display which the device belongs to"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:125 gdk/gdkdevice.c:126
msgid "Device name"
msgstr "Device name"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:140
msgid "Input source"
msgstr "Input source"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:141
msgid "Source type for the device"
msgstr "Source type for the device"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:154
msgid "Whether the device has a cursor"
msgstr "Whether the device has a cursor"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:155
msgid "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion"
msgstr "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:167 gdk/gdkdevice.c:168
msgid "Number of axes in the device"
msgstr "Number of axes in the device"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:182 gdk/gdkdevice.c:183
msgid "Vendor ID"
msgstr "Vendor ID"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:197 gdk/gdkdevice.c:198
msgid "Product ID"
msgstr "Product ID"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:210 gdk/gdkdevice.c:211
msgid "Seat"
msgstr "Seat"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:226 gdk/gdkdevice.c:227
msgid "Number of concurrent touches"
msgstr "Number of concurrent touches"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:240
msgid "Tool"
msgstr "Tool"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:241
msgid "The tool that is currently used with this device"
msgstr "The tool that is currently used with this device"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:254 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:427 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:699
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Direction"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:255
msgid "The direction of the current layout of the keyboard"
msgstr "The direction of the current layout of the keyboard"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:268
msgid "Has bidi layouts"
msgstr "Has bidi layouts"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:269
msgid "Whether the keyboard has bidi layouts"
msgstr "Whether the keyboard has bidi layouts"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:282
msgid "Caps lock state"
msgstr "Caps lock state"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:283
msgid "Whether the keyboard caps lock is on"
msgstr "Whether the keyboard caps lock is on"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:296
msgid "Num lock state"
msgstr "Num lock state"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:297
msgid "Whether the keyboard num lock is on"
msgstr "Whether the keyboard num lock is on"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:310
msgid "Scroll lock state"
msgstr "Scroll lock state"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:311
msgid "Whether the keyboard scroll lock is on"
msgstr "Whether the keyboard scroll lock is on"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:324
msgid "Modifier state"
msgstr "Modifier state"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:325
msgid "The modifier state of the keyboard"
msgstr "The modifier state of the keyboard"

#: gdk/gdkdisplay.c:217 gdk/gdkdisplay.c:218
msgid "Composited"
msgstr "Composited"

#: gdk/gdkdisplay.c:229 gdk/gdkdisplay.c:230
msgid "RGBA"
msgstr "RGBA"

#: gdk/gdkdisplay.c:241 gdk/gdkdisplay.c:242
msgid "Input shapes"
msgstr "Input shapes"

#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:159
msgid "Default Display"
msgstr "Default Display"

#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:160
msgid "The default display for GDK"
msgstr "The default display for GDK"

#: gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:173
msgid "The GDK display used to create the context"
msgstr "The GDK display used to create the context"

#: gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:186
msgid "Surface"
msgstr "Surface"

#: gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:187
msgid "The GDK surface bound to the context"
msgstr "The GDK surface bound to the context"

#: gdk/gdkglcontext.c:684
msgid "Shared context"
msgstr "Shared context"

#: gdk/gdkglcontext.c:685
msgid "The GL context this context shares data with"
msgstr "The GL context this context shares data with"

#: gdk/gdkglcontext.c:701
msgid "Allowed APIs"
msgstr "Allowed APIs"

#: gdk/gdkglcontext.c:702
msgid "The list of allowed APIs for this context"
msgstr "The list of allowed APIs for this context"

#: gdk/gdkglcontext.c:718
msgid "API"
msgstr "API"

#: gdk/gdkglcontext.c:719
msgid "The API currently in use"
msgstr "The API currently in use"

#: gdk/gdkpopup.c:89 gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:173
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "Parent"

#: gdk/gdkpopup.c:90
msgid "The parent surface"
msgstr "The parent surface"

#: gdk/gdkpopup.c:101 gtk/gtkpopover.c:1840
msgid "Autohide"
msgstr "Autohide"

#: gdk/gdkpopup.c:102
msgid "Whether to hide on outside clicks"
msgstr "Whether to hide on outside clicks"

#: gdk/gdksurface.c:510 gdk/gdksurface.c:511 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1372
msgid "Cursor"
msgstr "Cursor"

#: gdk/gdksurface.c:534 gdk/gdksurface.c:535
msgid "Frame Clock"
msgstr "Frame Clock"

#: gdk/gdksurface.c:546 gdk/gdksurface.c:547
msgid "Mapped"
msgstr "Mapped"

#: gdk/gdksurface.c:558 gdk/gdksurface.c:559 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:298
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Width"

#: gdk/gdksurface.c:570 gdk/gdksurface.c:571 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:334
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Height"

#: gdk/gdksurface.c:582 gdk/gdksurface.c:583 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1624
msgid "Scale factor"
msgstr "Scale factor"

#: gdk/gdktoplevel.c:135 gdk/gdktoplevel.c:136 gtk/gtkcssnode.c:617
#: gtk/gtkswitch.c:536
msgid "State"
msgstr "State"

#: gdk/macos/gdkmacosdrag.c:605 gdk/macos/gdkmacosdrag.c:606
msgid "Drag Surface"
msgstr "Drag Surface"

#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:236
msgid "The display that will use this cursor"
msgstr "The display that will use this cursor"

#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:242
msgid "Handle"
msgstr "Handle"

#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:243
msgid "The HCURSOR handle for this cursor"
msgstr "The HCURSOR handle for this cursor"

#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:248
msgid "Destroyable"
msgstr "Destroyable"

#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:249
msgid "Whether calling DestroyCursor() is allowed on this cursor"
msgstr "Whether calling DestroyCursor() is allowed on this cursor"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:157
msgid "Opcode"
msgstr "Opcode"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:158
msgid "Opcode for XInput2 requests"
msgstr "Opcode for XInput2 requests"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:165
msgid "Major"
msgstr "Major"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:166
msgid "Major version number"
msgstr "Major version number"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:173
msgid "Minor"
msgstr "Minor"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:174
msgid "Minor version number"
msgstr "Minor version number"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:120
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Device ID"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:121
msgid "Device identifier"
msgstr "Device identifier"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:382
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "Program name"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:383
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394
msgid "Program version"
msgstr "Program version"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "The version of the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:406
msgid "Copyright string"
msgstr "Copyright string"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:407
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
msgstr "Copyright information for the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:422
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "Comments string"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:423
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr "Comments about the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:447
msgid "License"
msgstr "License"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:448
msgid "The license of the program"
msgstr "The license of the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:467
msgid "System Information"
msgstr "System Information"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:468
msgid "Information about the system on which the program is running"
msgstr "Information about the system on which the program is running"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:493
msgid "License Type"
msgstr "License Type"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:494
msgid "The license type of the program"
msgstr "The license type of the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:508
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr "Website URL"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:509
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "The URL for the link to the website of the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:520
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "Website label"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:521
msgid "The label for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "The label for the link to the website of the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:535
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Authors"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:536
msgid "List of authors of the program"
msgstr "List of authors of the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:550
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr "Documenters"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:551
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr "List of people documenting the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:566
msgid "Artists"
msgstr "Artists"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:567
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:583
msgid "Translator credits"
msgstr "Translator credits"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:584
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
msgstr ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:598
msgid "Logo"
msgstr "Logo"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:599
msgid "A logo for the about box."
msgstr "A logo for the about box."

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:612
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
msgstr "Logo Icon Name"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:613
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
msgstr "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:624
msgid "Wrap license"
msgstr "Wrap license"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:625
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr "Whether to wrap the license text."

#: gtk/gtkactionable.c:61
msgid "Action name"
msgstr "Action name"

#: gtk/gtkactionable.c:62
msgid "The name of the associated action, like “app.quit”"
msgstr "The name of the associated action, like “app.quit”"

#: gtk/gtkactionable.c:66
msgid "Action target value"
msgstr "Action target value"

#: gtk/gtkactionable.c:67
msgid "The parameter for action invocations"
msgstr "The parameter for action invocations"

#: gtk/gtkactionbar.c:175 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:382
msgid "Reveal"
msgstr "Reveal"

#: gtk/gtkactionbar.c:176
msgid "Controls whether the action bar shows its contents or not"
msgstr "Controls whether the action bar shows its contents or not"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:141 gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:621
#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:717 gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:197 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:462
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Value"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:142
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "The value of the adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:154
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "Minimum Value"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:155
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "The minimum value of the adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:170
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "Maximum Value"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:171
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "The maximum value of the adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:183
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "Step Increment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:184
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "The step increment of the adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:196
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr "Page Increment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:197
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "The page increment of the adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:213
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "Page Size"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:214
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "The page size of the adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:686
msgid "Include an “Other…” item"
msgstr "Include an “Other…” item"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:687
msgid ""
"Whether the combobox should include an item that triggers a "
"GtkAppChooserDialog"
msgstr ""
"Whether the combobox should include an item that triggers a "
"GtkAppChooserDialog"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:699
msgid "Show default item"
msgstr "Show default item"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:700
msgid "Whether the combobox should show the default application on top"
msgstr "Whether the combobox should show the default application on top"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:714 gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:617
msgid "Heading"
msgstr "Heading"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:715 gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:618
msgid "The text to show at the top of the dialog"
msgstr "The text to show at the top of the dialog"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:726 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:251
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:545 gtk/gtknativedialog.c:224 gtk/gtkwindow.c:813
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modal"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:727
msgid "Whether the dialog should be modal"
msgstr "Whether the dialog should be modal"

#: gtk/gtkappchooser.c:71
msgid "Content type"
msgstr "Content type"

#: gtk/gtkappchooser.c:72
msgid "The content type used by the open with object"
msgstr "The content type used by the open with object"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:602
msgid "GFile"
msgstr "GFile"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:603
msgid "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog"
msgstr "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:910
msgid "Show default app"
msgstr "Show default app"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:911
msgid "Whether the widget should show the default application"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show the default application"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:926
msgid "Show recommended apps"
msgstr "Show recommended apps"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:927
msgid "Whether the widget should show recommended applications"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show recommended applications"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:942
msgid "Show fallback apps"
msgstr "Show fallback apps"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:943
msgid "Whether the widget should show fallback applications"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show fallback applications"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:955
msgid "Show other apps"
msgstr "Show other apps"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:956
msgid "Whether the widget should show other applications"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show other applications"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:969
msgid "Show all apps"
msgstr "Show all apps"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:970
msgid "Whether the widget should show all applications"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show all applications"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:982
msgid "Widget’s default text"
msgstr "Widget’s default text"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:983
msgid "The default text appearing when there are no applications"
msgstr "The default text appearing when there are no applications"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:602
msgid "Register session"
msgstr "Register session"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:603
msgid "Register with the session manager"
msgstr "Register with the session manager"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:621
msgid "Screensaver Active"
msgstr "Screensaver Active"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:622
msgid "Whether the screensaver is active"
msgstr "Whether the screensaver is active"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:633
msgid "Menubar"
msgstr "Menubar"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:634
msgid "The GMenuModel for the menubar"
msgstr "The GMenuModel for the menubar"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:645
msgid "Active window"
msgstr "Active window"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:646
msgid "The window which most recently had focus"
msgstr "The window which most recently had focus"

#: gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:689
msgid "Show a menubar"
msgstr "Show a menubar"

#: gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:690
msgid "TRUE if the window should show a menubar at the top of the window"
msgstr "TRUE if the window should show a menubar at the top of the window"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:144 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1447
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "Horizontal Alignment"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:145
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr "X alignment of the child"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:156 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1460
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "Vertical Alignment"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:157
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr "Y alignment of the child"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:171
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Ratio"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:172
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:183
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "Obey child"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:184
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame’s child"
msgstr "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame’s child"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:195 gtk/gtkbutton.c:271 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:823
#: gtk/gtkdragicon.c:376 gtk/gtkexpander.c:399 gtk/gtkflowbox.c:534
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:207 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3582 gtk/gtklistitem.c:181
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:532 gtk/gtknotebook.c:586 gtk/gtkoverlay.c:321
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1888 gtk/gtkrevealer.c:368 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:798
#: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:333 gtk/gtkstack.c:415 gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:532
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:332 gtk/gtkwindow.c:1059 gtk/gtkwindowhandle.c:537
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Child"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:196 gtk/gtkbutton.c:272 gtk/gtkexpander.c:400
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:535 gtk/gtkframe.c:208 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3583
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:533 gtk/gtkoverlay.c:322 gtk/gtkpopover.c:1889
#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:369 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:799 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:334
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:333 gtk/gtkwindow.c:1060 gtk/gtkwindowhandle.c:538
msgid "The child widget"
msgstr "The child widget"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:257
msgid "Page type"
msgstr "Page type"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:258
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgstr "The type of the assistant page"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:271
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "Page title"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:272
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
msgstr "The title of the assistant page"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:287
msgid "Page complete"
msgstr "Page complete"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:288
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
msgstr "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:300
msgid "Child widget"
msgstr "Child widget"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:301
msgid "The content the assistant page"
msgstr "The content the assistant page"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:608 gtk/gtkdialog.c:567
msgid "Use Header Bar"
msgstr "Use Header Bar"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:609 gtk/gtkdialog.c:568
msgid "Use Header Bar for actions."
msgstr "Use Header Bar for actions."

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:621 gtk/gtknotebook.c:1212 gtk/gtkstack.c:900
msgid "Pages"
msgstr "Pages"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:622
msgid "The pages of the assistant."
msgstr "The pages of the assistant."

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:217 gtk/gtkimage.c:190 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:271
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Filename"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:218
msgid "Bookmark file to load"
msgstr "Bookmark file to load"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:228 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:267 gtk/gtkentry.c:965
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2298 gtk/gtktext.c:929
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Attributes"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:229 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:283
msgid "Attributes to query"
msgstr "Attributes to query"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:240 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:318
msgid "IO priority"
msgstr "IO priority"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:241 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:319
msgid "Priority used when loading"
msgstr "Priority used when loading"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:252 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:330
msgid "loading"
msgstr "loading"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:253 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:331
msgid "TRUE if files are being loaded"
msgstr "TRUE if files are being loaded"

#: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:163 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:543 gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:548
#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:257 gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:295
msgid "Expression"
msgstr "Expression"

#: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:164
msgid "Expression to evaluate"
msgstr "Expression to evaluate"

#: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:174
msgid "Invert"
msgstr "Invert"

#: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:175
msgid "If the expression result should be inverted"
msgstr "If the expression result should be inverted"

#: gtk/gtkbox.c:262 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:874 gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:316
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:464 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:306
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "Spacing"

#: gtk/gtkbox.c:263
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "The amount of space between children"

#: gtk/gtkbox.c:274 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:861 gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3651
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Homogeneous"

#: gtk/gtkbox.c:275 gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3652
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Whether the children should all be the same size"

#: gtk/gtkbox.c:286 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:891 gtk/gtkcenterbox.c:212
msgid "Baseline position"
msgstr "Baseline position"

#: gtk/gtkbox.c:287 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:892 gtk/gtkcenterbox.c:213
msgid ""
"The position of the baseline aligned widgets if extra space is available"
msgstr ""
"The position of the baseline aligned widgets if extra space is available"

#: gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:862
msgid "Distribute space homogeneously"
msgstr "Distribute space homogeneously"

#: gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:875
msgid "Spacing between widgets"
msgstr "Spacing between widgets"

#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:309
msgid "Translation Domain"
msgstr "Translation Domain"

#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:310
msgid "The translation domain used by gettext"
msgstr "The translation domain used by gettext"

#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:321
msgid "Current object"
msgstr "Current object"

#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:322
msgid "The object the builder is evaluating for"
msgstr "The object the builder is evaluating for"

#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:333 gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:292
#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:597
msgid "Scope"
msgstr "Scope"

#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:334
msgid "The scope the builder is operating in"
msgstr "The scope the builder is operating in"

#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:268
msgid "Bytes"
msgstr "Bytes"

#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:269
msgid "bytes containing the UI definition"
msgstr "bytes containing the UI definition"

#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:280 gtk/gtkimage.c:261
msgid "Resource"
msgstr "Resource"

#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:281
msgid "resource containing the UI definition"
msgstr "resource containing the UI definition"

#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:293
msgid "scope to use when instantiating listitems"
msgstr "scope to use when instantiating listitems"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:222 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:562 gtk/gtkexpander.c:333
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:170 gtk/gtklabel.c:2286 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:478
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Label"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:223 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:563
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:235 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:590 gtk/gtkexpander.c:346
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2324 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:490 gtk/gtkstack.c:491
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Use underline"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:236 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:591 gtk/gtkexpander.c:347
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2325 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:491
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:247 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:702 gtk/gtkentry.c:525
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:673
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "Has Frame"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:248 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:503
msgid "Whether the button has a frame"
msgstr "Whether the button has a frame"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:259 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:253 gtk/gtkimage.c:234
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:452 gtk/gtkprinter.c:214 gtk/gtkwindow.c:907
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Icon Name"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:260 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:453
msgid "The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button"
msgstr "The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:376
msgid "Year"
msgstr "Year"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:377
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "The selected year"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:391
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Month"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:392
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:404
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Day"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:405
msgid "The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31)"
msgstr "The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31)"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:417
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Show Heading"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:418
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:430
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Show Day Names"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:431
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "If TRUE, day names are displayed"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:442
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Show Week Numbers"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:443
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:317 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:307
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between cells"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:334 gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:325
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:353
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "Expand"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:335
msgid "Whether the cell expands"
msgstr "Whether the cell expands"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:348
msgid "Align"
msgstr "Align"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:349
msgid "Whether cell should align with adjacent rows"
msgstr "Whether cell should align with adjacent rows"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:363
msgid "Fixed Size"
msgstr "Fixed Size"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:364
msgid "Whether cells should be the same size in all rows"
msgstr "Whether cells should be the same size in all rows"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:378
msgid "Pack Type"
msgstr "Pack Type"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:379
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the cell area"
msgstr ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the cell area"

#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:778
msgid "Focus Cell"
msgstr "Focus Cell"

#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:779
msgid "The cell which currently has focus"
msgstr "The cell which currently has focus"

#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:794
msgid "Edited Cell"
msgstr "Edited Cell"

#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:795
msgid "The cell which is currently being edited"
msgstr "The cell which is currently being edited"

#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:810
msgid "Edit Widget"
msgstr "Edit Widget"

#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:811
msgid "The widget currently editing the edited cell"
msgstr "The widget currently editing the edited cell"

#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:113
msgid "Area"
msgstr "Area"

#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:114
msgid "The Cell Area this context was created for"
msgstr "The Cell Area this context was created for"

#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:128 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:143
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:330
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Minimum Width"

#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:129 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:144
msgid "Minimum cached width"
msgstr "Minimum cached width"

#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:158 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:173
msgid "Minimum Height"
msgstr "Minimum Height"

#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:159 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:174
msgid "Minimum cached height"
msgstr "Minimum cached height"

#: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:48
msgid "Editing Canceled"
msgstr "Editing Canceled"

#: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:49
msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
msgstr "Indicates that editing has been canceled"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:175
msgid "Accelerator key"
msgstr "Accelerator key"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:176
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
msgstr "The keyval of the accelerator"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:190
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
msgstr "Accelerator modifiers"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:191
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgstr "The modifier mask of the accelerator"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:206
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
msgstr "Accelerator keycode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:207
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
msgstr "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:224
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
msgstr "Accelerator Mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:225
msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgstr "The type of accelerators"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:281
msgid "mode"
msgstr "mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:282
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:290
msgid "visible"
msgstr "visible"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:291
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Display the cell"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:297 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1270
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:298
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "Display the cell sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:305
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "xalign"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:306
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "The x-align"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:315
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "yalign"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:316
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "The y-align"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:325
msgid "xpad"
msgstr "xpad"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:326
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr "The xpad"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:335
msgid "ypad"
msgstr "ypad"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:336
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr "The ypad"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:345
msgid "width"
msgstr "width"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:346
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "The fixed width"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:355
msgid "height"
msgstr "height"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:356
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "The fixed height"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:365
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "Is Expander"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:366
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "Row has children"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:374
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "Is Expanded"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:375
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:382
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Cell background color name"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:383
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "Cell background color as a string"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:395
msgid "Cell background RGBA color"
msgstr "Cell background RGBA color"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:396
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:403 gtk/gtkeditablelabel.c:371
msgid "Editing"
msgstr "Editing"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:404
msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
msgstr "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:412
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Cell background set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:413
msgid "Whether the cell background color is set"
msgstr "Whether the cell background color is set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:134 gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:694 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:484
#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:585 gtk/gtkflattenlistmodel.c:409
#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1098 gtk/gtklistview.c:831 gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:372
#: gtk/gtkmultiselection.c:353 gtk/gtkselectionfiltermodel.c:230
#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:585 gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:260
#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:800 gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:702
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Model"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:135
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
msgstr "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:155
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Text Column"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:156
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
msgstr "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:171 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:747
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr "Has Entry"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:172
msgid "If FALSE, don’t allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
msgstr "If FALSE, don’t allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:198
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Pixbuf Object"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:199
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "The pixbuf to render"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:206
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "Pixbuf Expander Open"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:207
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "Pixbuf for open expander"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:214
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "Pixbuf Expander Closed"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:215
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "Pixbuf for closed expander"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:226
msgid "The texture to render"
msgstr "The texture to render"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:238
msgid "Icon Size"
msgstr "Icon Size"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:239
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
msgstr "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:254 gtk/gtkimage.c:235
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "The name of the icon from the icon theme"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:268 gtk/gtkimage.c:249 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1185
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:601
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icon"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:269 gtk/gtkimage.c:250
msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgstr "The GIcon being displayed"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:622
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "Value of the progress bar"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:637 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:383 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:348 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:388
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1197 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:226 gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:482
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Text"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:638
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "Text on the progress bar"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:659 gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:198
msgid "Pulse"
msgstr "Pulse"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:660
msgid ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don’t know how much."
msgstr ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don’t know how much."

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:674
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "Text x alignment"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:675
msgid ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:689
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Text y alignment"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:690
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
msgstr "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:701 gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1023
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:188 gtk/gtkrange.c:384
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Inverted"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:702 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:189
msgid "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows"
msgstr "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:131 gtk/gtkrange.c:372 gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:212
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:221 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:375
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:132 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:376
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button"
msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:145
msgid "Climb rate"
msgstr "Climb rate"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:146
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:157 gtk/gtkscale.c:681 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:399
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Digits"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:158 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:400
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "The number of decimal places to display"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:181 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:538
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1224 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1225 gtk/gtkswitch.c:522
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:284
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Active"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:182
msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
msgstr "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:199
msgid "Pulse of the spinner"
msgstr "Pulse of the spinner"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:211 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:284
#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:284
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Size"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:212
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
msgstr "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:254
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Text to render"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:260
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "Markup"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:261
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "Marked up text to render"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:268
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:274
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Single Paragraph Mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:275
msgid "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:281 gtk/gtktexttag.c:236
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Background color name"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:282 gtk/gtktexttag.c:237
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "Background color as a string"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:293
msgid "Background color as RGBA"
msgstr "Background color as RGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:294 gtk/gtktexttag.c:250
msgid "Background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Background color as a GdkRGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:299 gtk/gtktexttag.c:276
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "Foreground color name"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:300 gtk/gtktexttag.c:277
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "Foreground color as a string"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:311
msgid "Foreground color as RGBA"
msgstr "Foreground color as RGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:312 gtk/gtktexttag.c:290
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:319 gtk/gtkeditable.c:433 gtk/gtktexttag.c:316
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:900
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "Editable"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:320 gtk/gtktexttag.c:317 gtk/gtktextview.c:901
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "Whether the text can be modified by the user"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:326 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:333
#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:62 gtk/gtktexttag.c:332 gtk/gtktexttag.c:345
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Font"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:327 gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:63 gtk/gtktexttag.c:333
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. “Sans Italic 12”"
msgstr "Font description as a string, e.g. “Sans Italic 12”"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:334 gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:76 gtk/gtktexttag.c:346
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:340 gtk/gtktexttag.c:358
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "Font family"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:341 gtk/gtktexttag.c:359
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:347 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:348
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:371
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "Font style"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:355 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:356
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:385
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "Font variant"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:363 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:364
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:398
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "Font weight"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:371 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:372
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:413
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Font stretch"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:379 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:380
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:427
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Font size"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:387 gtk/gtktexttag.c:460
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Font points"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:388 gtk/gtktexttag.c:461
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Font size in points"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:395 gtk/gtktexttag.c:445
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "Font scale"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:396
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "Font scaling factor"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:403 gtk/gtktexttag.c:555
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "Rise"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:404
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:412 gtk/gtktexttag.c:630
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Strikethrough"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:413 gtk/gtktexttag.c:631
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "Whether to strike through the text"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:419 gtk/gtktexttag.c:643
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "Underline"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:420 gtk/gtktexttag.c:644
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Style of underline for this text"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:427 gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:146 gtk/gtktexttag.c:495
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Language"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:428
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don’t understand this parameter, you "
"probably don’t need it"
msgstr ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don’t understand this parameter, you "
"probably don’t need it"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:444 gtk/gtklabel.c:2483 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:267
msgid "Ellipsize"
msgstr "Ellipsize"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:445
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:461 gtk/gtklabel.c:2502
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "Width In Characters"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:462 gtk/gtklabel.c:2503
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "The desired width of the label, in characters"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:481 gtk/gtklabel.c:2538
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
msgstr "Maximum Width In Characters"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:482
msgid "The maximum width of the cell, in characters"
msgstr "The maximum width of the cell, in characters"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:496 gtk/gtktexttag.c:721
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Wrap mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:497
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:513
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Wrap width"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:514
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr "The width at which the text is wrapped"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:530 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:374
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "Alignment"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:531
msgid "How to align the lines"
msgstr "How to draw the toolbar"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:544 gtk/gtkentry.c:653 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:467
#: gtk/gtksearchentry.c:301 gtk/gtktext.c:860
msgid "Placeholder text"
msgstr "Placeholder text"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:545
msgid "Text rendered when an editable cell is empty"
msgstr "Text rendered when an editable cell is empty"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:554 gtk/gtktexttag.c:937
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Background set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:555 gtk/gtktexttag.c:938
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background color"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:558 gtk/gtktexttag.c:945
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Foreground set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:559 gtk/gtktexttag.c:946
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:562 gtk/gtktexttag.c:949
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Editability set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:563 gtk/gtktexttag.c:950
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects text editability"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:566 gtk/gtktexttag.c:953
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr "Font family set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:567 gtk/gtktexttag.c:954
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font family"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:570 gtk/gtktexttag.c:957
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "Font style set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:571 gtk/gtktexttag.c:958
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font style"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:574 gtk/gtktexttag.c:961
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr "Font variant set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:575 gtk/gtktexttag.c:962
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font variant"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:578 gtk/gtktexttag.c:965
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "Font weight set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:579 gtk/gtktexttag.c:966
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font weight"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:582 gtk/gtktexttag.c:969
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "Font stretch set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:583 gtk/gtktexttag.c:970
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:586 gtk/gtktexttag.c:973
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "Font size set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:587 gtk/gtktexttag.c:974
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font size"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:590 gtk/gtktexttag.c:977
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "Font scale set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:591 gtk/gtktexttag.c:978
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:594 gtk/gtktexttag.c:997
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "Rise set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:595 gtk/gtktexttag.c:998
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the rise"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:598 gtk/gtktexttag.c:1017
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Strikethrough set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:599 gtk/gtktexttag.c:1018
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:602 gtk/gtktexttag.c:1025
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Underline set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:603 gtk/gtktexttag.c:1026
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects underlining"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:606 gtk/gtktexttag.c:985
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Language set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:607 gtk/gtktexttag.c:986
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:610
msgid "Ellipsize set"
msgstr "Ellipsize set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:611
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:614
msgid "Align set"
msgstr "Align set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:615
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:196
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "Toggle state"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:197
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "The toggle state of the button"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:204
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "Inconsistent state"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:205
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "The inconsistent state of the button"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:212 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3558 gtk/gtklistitem.c:169
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Activatable"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:213
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "The toggle button can be activated"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:220
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "Radio state"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:221
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:199
msgid "CellView model"
msgstr "CellView model"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:200
msgid "The model for cell view"
msgstr "The model for cell view"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:218 gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:407 gtk/gtkiconview.c:575
#: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:214 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:425
msgid "Cell Area"
msgstr "Cell Area"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:219 gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:408 gtk/gtkiconview.c:576
#: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:215 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:426
msgid "The GtkCellArea used to layout cells"
msgstr "The GtkCellArea used to layout cells"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:242
msgid "Cell Area Context"
msgstr "Cell Area Context"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:243
msgid "The GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view"
msgstr "The GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:260
msgid "Draw Sensitive"
msgstr "Draw Sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:261
msgid "Whether to force cells to be drawn in a sensitive state"
msgstr "Whether to force cells to be drawn in a sensitive state"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:279
msgid "Fit Model"
msgstr "Fit Model"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:280
msgid "Whether to request enough space for every row in the model"
msgstr "Whether to request enough space for every row in the model"

#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:539 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:285
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in"
msgstr "If the toggle button should be pressed in"

#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:550 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:296
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Group"

#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:551
msgid "The check button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "The check button whose group this widget belongs to."

#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:577
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inconsistent"

#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:578
msgid "If the check button is in an “in between” state"
msgstr "If the check button is in an “in between” state"

#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:179 gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:265
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:506 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:147 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:279
#: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:326 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:628
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:439 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:346
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Title"

#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:180
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "The title of the color selection dialog"

#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:239
msgid "Show Editor"
msgstr "Show Editor"

#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:240
msgid "Whether to show the color editor right away"
msgstr "Whether to show the color editor right away"

#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:252 gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:546
msgid "Whether the dialog is modal"
msgstr "Whether the dialog is modal"

#: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:65
msgid "Color"
msgstr "Color"

#: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:66
msgid "Current color, as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Current color, as a GdkRGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:84
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Use alpha"

#: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:85
msgid "Whether alpha should be shown"
msgstr "Whether alpha should be shown"

#: gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:226 gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:721
msgid "Show editor"
msgstr "Show editor"

#: gtk/gtkcolorscale.c:286
msgid "Scale type"
msgstr "Scale type"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:512
msgid "RGBA Color"
msgstr "RGBA Color"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:512
msgid "Color as RGBA"
msgstr "Color as RGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:515 gtk/gtklabel.c:2437 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3570
#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:217
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Selectable"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:515
msgid "Whether the swatch is selectable"
msgstr "Whether the swatch is selectable"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:518
msgid "Has Menu"
msgstr "Has Menu"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:518
msgid "Whether the swatch should offer customization"
msgstr "Whether the swatch should offer customization"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:521
msgid "Can Drop"
msgstr "Can Drop"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:521
msgid "Whether the swatch should accept drops"
msgstr "Whether the swatch should accept drops"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:524
msgid "Can Drag"
msgstr "Can Drag"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:524
#| msgid "Whether the swatch should accept drops"
msgid "Whether the swatch should allow drags"
msgstr "Whether the swatch should allow drags"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:682
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Columns"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:683
msgid "List of columns"
msgstr "List of columns"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:695 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1099 gtk/gtklistview.c:832
msgid "Model for the items displayed"
msgstr "Model for the items displayed"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:706
msgid "Show row separators"
msgstr "Show row separators"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:707 gtk/gtklistbox.c:544 gtk/gtklistview.c:844
msgid "Show separators between rows"
msgstr "Show separators between rows"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:718
msgid "Show column separators"
msgstr "Show column separators"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:719
msgid "Show separators between columns"
msgstr "Show separators between columns"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:730 gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:277
#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:824 gtk/gtktreelistrowsorter.c:544
msgid "Sorter"
msgstr "Sorter"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:731
msgid "Sorter with sorting choices of the user"
msgstr "Sorter with sorting choices of the user"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:742 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1110 gtk/gtklistview.c:855
msgid "Single click activate"
msgstr "Single click activate"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:743 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1111 gtk/gtklistview.c:856
msgid "Activate rows on single click"
msgstr "Activate rows on single click"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:754 gtk/gtkiconview.c:535 gtk/gtktreeview.c:1024
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:381
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr "Reorderable"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:755
msgid "Whether columns are reorderable"
msgstr "Whether columns are reorderable"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:766 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1122 gtk/gtklistview.c:867
msgid "Enable rubberband selection"
msgstr "Enable rubberband selection"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:767 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1123 gtk/gtklistview.c:868
msgid "Allow selecting items by dragging with the mouse"
msgstr "Allow selecting items by dragging with the mouse"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:241
msgid "Column view"
msgstr "Column view"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:242
msgid "Column view this column is a part of"
msgstr "Column view this column is a part of"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:253 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:458 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1058
#: gtk/gtklistview.c:819
msgid "Factory"
msgstr "Factory"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:254 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:459 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:473
#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1059 gtk/gtklistview.c:820
msgid "Factory for populating list items"
msgstr "Factory for populating list items"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:266
msgid "Title displayed in the header"
msgstr "Title displayed in the header"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:278
msgid "Sorter for sorting items according to this column"
msgstr "Sorter for sorting items according to this column"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:289 gtk/gtkcssnode.c:623 gtk/gtknativedialog.c:236
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:479 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:276 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1258
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Visible"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:290
msgid "Whether this column is visible"
msgstr "Whether this column is visible"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:301
msgid "Header menu"
msgstr "Header menu"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:302
msgid "Menu to use on the title of this column"
msgstr "Menu to use on the title of this column"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:313 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:283
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:801
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Resizable"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:314
msgid "Whether this column is resizable"
msgstr "Whether this column is resizable"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:326
msgid "column gets share of extra width"
msgstr "column gets share of extra width"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:338
msgid "Fixed width"
msgstr "Fixed width"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:339
msgid "Fixed width of this column"
msgstr "Fixed width of this column"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:668
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr "ComboBox model"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:669
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr "The model for the combo box"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:687
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Active item"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:688
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "The item which is currently active"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:703
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:718
msgid "Popup shown"
msgstr "Popup shown"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:719
msgid "Whether the combo’s dropdown is shown"
msgstr "Whether the combo’s dropdown is shown"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:733
msgid "Button Sensitivity"
msgstr "Button Sensitivity"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:734
msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
msgstr "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:748
msgid "Whether combo box has an entry"
msgstr "Whether combo box has an entry"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:763
msgid "Entry Text Column"
msgstr "Entry Text Column"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:764
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box’s model to associate with strings from the entry "
"if the combo was created with GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
msgstr ""
"The column in the combo box’s model to associate with strings from the entry "
"if the combo was created with GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:779
msgid "ID Column"
msgstr "ID Column"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:780
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box’s model that provides string IDs for the values "
"in the model"
msgstr ""
"The column in the combo box’s model that provides string IDs for the values "
"in the model"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:793
msgid "Active id"
msgstr "Active id"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:794
msgid "The value of the id column for the active row"
msgstr "The value of the id column for the active row"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:808
msgid "Popup Fixed Width"
msgstr "Popup Fixed Width"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:809
msgid ""
"Whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width matching the allocated "
"width of the combo box"
msgstr ""
"Whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width matching the allocated "
"width of the combo box"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:824
msgid "The child_widget"
msgstr "The child_widget"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:193
msgid "Target"
msgstr "Target"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:194
msgid "The target of the constraint"
msgstr "The target of the constraint"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:207
msgid "Target Attribute"
msgstr "Target Attribute"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:208
msgid "The attribute of the target set by the constraint"
msgstr "The attribute of the target set by the constraint"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:222
msgid "Relation"
msgstr "Relation"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:223
msgid "The relation between the source and target attributes"
msgstr "The relation between the source and target attributes"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:241
msgid "Source"
msgstr "Source"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:242
msgid "The source of the constraint"
msgstr "The source of the constraint"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:255
msgid "Source Attribute"
msgstr "Source Attribute"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:256
msgid "The attribute of the source widget set by the constraint"
msgstr "The attribute of the source widget set by the constraint"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:271
msgid "Multiplier"
msgstr "Multiplier"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:272
msgid "The multiplication factor to be applied to the source attribute"
msgstr "The multiplication factor to be applied to the source attribute"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:285
msgid "Constant"
msgstr "Constant"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:286
msgid "The constant to be added to the source attribute"
msgstr "The constant to be added to the source attribute"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:303
msgid "Strength"
msgstr "Strength"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:304
msgid "The strength of the constraint"
msgstr "The strength of the constraint"

#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:602
msgid "Style Classes"
msgstr "Style Classes"

#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:602
msgid "List of classes"
msgstr "List of classes"

#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:607 gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:181
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"

#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:607
msgid "Unique ID"
msgstr "Unique ID"

#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:617
msgid "State flags"
msgstr "State flags"

#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:623
msgid "If other nodes can see this node"
msgstr "If other nodes can see this node"

#: gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:138
msgid "Subproperties"
msgstr "Subproperties"

#: gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:139
msgid "The list of subproperties"
msgstr "The list of subproperties"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:166
msgid "Animated"
msgstr "Animated"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:167
msgid "Set if the value can be animated"
msgstr "Set if the value can be animated"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:173
msgid "Affects"
msgstr "Affects"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:174
msgid "Set if the value affects the sizing of elements"
msgstr "Set if the value affects the sizing of elements"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:182
msgid "The numeric id for quick access"
msgstr "The numeric id for quick access"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:188
msgid "Inherit"
msgstr "Inherit"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:189
msgid "Set if the value is inherited by default"
msgstr "Set if the value is inherited by default"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:195
msgid "Initial value"
msgstr "Initial value"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:196
msgid "The initial specified value used for this property"
msgstr "The initial specified value used for this property"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:282
msgid "attributes"
msgstr "attributes"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:294
msgid "error"
msgstr "error"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:295
msgid "Error encountered while loading files"
msgstr "Error encountered while loading files"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:306 gtk/gtkmediafile.c:159 gtk/gtkpicture.c:344
#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:330
msgid "File"
msgstr "File"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:307
msgid "The file to query"
msgstr "The file to query"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:342
msgid "monitored"
msgstr "monitored"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:343
msgid "TRUE if the directory is monitored for changes"
msgstr "TRUE if the directory is monitored for changes"

#: gtk/gtkdragicon.c:377
msgid "The widget to display as drag icon."
msgstr "The widget to display as drag icon."

#: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:327
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Content"

#: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:328
msgid "The content provider for the dragged data"
msgstr "The content provider for the dragged data"

#: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:342 gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.c:388 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:628
msgid "Actions"
msgstr "Actions"

#: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:343
msgid "Supported actions"
msgstr "Supported actions"

#: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:291
msgid "Content Width"
msgstr "Content Width"

#: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:292
msgid "Desired width for displayed content"
msgstr "Desired width for displayed content"

#: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:303
msgid "Content Height"
msgstr "Content Height"

#: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:304
msgid "Desired height for displayed content"
msgstr "Desired height for displayed content"

#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:224 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:229
msgid "Contains Pointer"
msgstr "Contains Pointer"

#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:225 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:230
msgid "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget or a descendant"
msgstr "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget or a descendant"

#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:246 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:642
msgid "Drop"
msgstr "Drop"

#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:247
msgid "The ongoing drop operation"
msgstr "The ongoing drop operation"

#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:265 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:211
msgid "Is Pointer"
msgstr "Is Pointer"

#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:266 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:212
msgid "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget"
msgstr "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:472
msgid "List Factory"
msgstr "List Factory"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:485
msgid "Model for the displayed items"
msgstr "Model for the displayed items"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:499 gtk/gtklistitem.c:229 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:411
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "Selected"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:500 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:412
msgid "Position of the selected item"
msgstr "Position of the selected item"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:511 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:423
msgid "Selected Item"
msgstr "Selected Item"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:512 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:424
msgid "The selected item"
msgstr "The selected item"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:526
msgid "Enable search"
msgstr "Enable search"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:527
msgid "Whether to show a search entry in the popup"
msgstr "Whether to show a search entry in the popup"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:544
msgid "Expression to determine strings to search for"
msgstr "Expression to determine strings to search for"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:556
msgid "Show arrow"
msgstr "Show arrow"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:557
msgid "Whether to show an arrow within the widget"
msgstr "Whether to show an arrow within the widget"

#: gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.c:398 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:668
msgid "Formats"
msgstr "Formats"

#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:629
msgid "The actions supported by this drop target"
msgstr "The actions supported by this drop target"

#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:643 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:656 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:657
msgid "Current drop"
msgstr "Current drop"

#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:669
msgid "The supported formats"
msgstr "The supported formats"

#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:697
msgid "Preload"
msgstr "Preload"

#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:698
msgid "Whether drop data should be preloaded while hovering"
msgstr "Whether drop data should be preloaded while hovering"

#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:718
msgid "The value for this drop operation"
msgstr "The value for this drop operation"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:384
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "The contents of the entry"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:395
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Cursor Position"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:396
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:408
msgid "Enable Undo"
msgstr "Enable Undo"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:409
msgid "If undo/redo should be enabled for the editable"
msgstr "If undo/redo should be enabled for the editable"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:420
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr "Selection Bound"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:421
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:434
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "Whether the entry contents can be edited"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:445
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Width in chars"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:446
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:458
msgid "Maximum width in characters"
msgstr "Maximum width in characters"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:459
msgid "The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters"
msgstr "The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:473 gtk/gtklabel.c:2355
msgid "X align"
msgstr "X align"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:474 gtk/gtklabel.c:2356
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."

#: gtk/gtkeditablelabel.c:372
msgid "Whether the widget is in editing mode"
msgstr "Whether the widget is in editing mode"

#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:349
msgid "The contents of the buffer"
msgstr "The contents of the buffer"

#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:360 gtk/gtkentry.c:598
msgid "Text length"
msgstr "Text length"

#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:361
msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
msgstr "Length of the text currently in the buffer"

#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:372 gtk/gtkentry.c:499 gtk/gtktext.c:773
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "Maximum length"

#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:373 gtk/gtkentry.c:500
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:487 gtk/gtktext.c:759
msgid "Text Buffer"
msgstr "Text Buffer"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:488
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
msgstr "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:513 gtk/gtktext.c:965
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Visibility"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:514 gtk/gtktext.c:966
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the “invisible char” instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
"FALSE displays the “invisible char” instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:526
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:537 gtk/gtktext.c:786
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Invisible character"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:538
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in “password mode”)"
msgstr "The character to use when masking entry contents (in “password mode”)"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:549 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:479 gtk/gtksearchentry.c:313
#: gtk/gtktext.c:798
msgid "Activates default"
msgstr "Activates default"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:550 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:480 gtk/gtksearchentry.c:314
#: gtk/gtktext.c:799
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:561 gtk/gtktext.c:810
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Scroll offset"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:562
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:574 gtk/gtktext.c:823
msgid "Truncate multiline"
msgstr "Truncate multiline"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:575 gtk/gtktext.c:824
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
msgstr "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:586 gtk/gtktext.c:835 gtk/gtktextview.c:1069
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Overwrite mode"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:587 gtk/gtktext.c:836
msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
msgstr "Whether new text overwrites existing text"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:599
msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry"
msgstr "Length of the text currently in the entry"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:611 gtk/gtktext.c:847
msgid "Invisible character set"
msgstr "Invisible character set"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:612 gtk/gtktext.c:848
msgid "Whether the invisible character has been set"
msgstr "Whether the invisible character has been set"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:623
msgid "Progress Fraction"
msgstr "Progress Fraction"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:624
msgid "The current fraction of the task that’s been completed"
msgstr "The current fraction of the task that’s been completed"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:639
msgid "Progress Pulse Step"
msgstr "Progress Pulse Step"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:640
msgid ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
msgstr ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:654 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:468 gtk/gtksearchentry.c:302
msgid "Show text in the entry when it’s empty and unfocused"
msgstr "Show text in the entry when it’s empty and unfocused"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:665
msgid "Primary paintable"
msgstr "Primary paintable"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:666
msgid "Primary paintable for the entry"
msgstr "Primary paintable for the entry"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:677
msgid "Secondary paintable"
msgstr "Secondary paintable"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:678
msgid "Secondary paintable for the entry"
msgstr "Secondary paintable for the entry"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:689
msgid "Primary icon name"
msgstr "Primary icon name"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:690
msgid "Icon name for primary icon"
msgstr "Icon name for primary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:701
msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgstr "Secondary icon name"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:702
msgid "Icon name for secondary icon"
msgstr "Icon name for secondary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:713
msgid "Primary GIcon"
msgstr "Primary GIcon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:714
msgid "GIcon for primary icon"
msgstr "GIcon for primary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:725
msgid "Secondary GIcon"
msgstr "Secondary GIcon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:726
msgid "GIcon for secondary icon"
msgstr "GIcon for secondary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:737
msgid "Primary storage type"
msgstr "Primary storage type"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:738
msgid "The representation being used for primary icon"
msgstr "The representation being used for primary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:750
msgid "Secondary storage type"
msgstr "Secondary storage type"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:751
msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon"
msgstr "The representation being used for secondary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:770
msgid "Primary icon activatable"
msgstr "Primary icon activatable"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:771
msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Whether the primary icon is activatable"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:789
msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
msgstr "Secondary icon activatable"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:790
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:808
msgid "Primary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Primary icon sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:809
msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:827
msgid "Secondary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Secondary icon sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:828
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:841
msgid "Primary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Primary icon tooltip text"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:842 gtk/gtkentry.c:870
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:855
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Secondary icon tooltip text"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:856 gtk/gtkentry.c:884
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:869
msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Primary icon tooltip markup"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:883
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Secondary icon tooltip markup"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:901 gtk/gtktext.c:878 gtk/gtktextview.c:1100
msgid "IM module"
msgstr "IM module"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:902 gtk/gtktext.c:879 gtk/gtktextview.c:1101
msgid "Which IM module should be used"
msgstr "Which IM module should be used"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:913
msgid "Completion"
msgstr "Completion"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:914
msgid "The auxiliary completion object"
msgstr "The auxiliary completion object"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:932 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:338 gtk/gtktext.c:897
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1116
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr "Purpose"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:933 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:339 gtk/gtktext.c:898
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1117
msgid "Purpose of the text field"
msgstr "Purpose of the text field"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:947 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:352 gtk/gtktext.c:911
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1132
msgid "hints"
msgstr "hints"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:948 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:353 gtk/gtktext.c:912
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1133
msgid "Hints for the text field behaviour"
msgstr "Hints for the text field behaviour"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:966
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the entry"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the entry"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:977 gtk/gtktext.c:941 gtk/gtktexttag.c:735
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1030
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Tabs"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:978
msgid "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the entry"
msgstr "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the entry"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:990
msgid "Emoji icon"
msgstr "Emoji icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:991
msgid "Whether to show an icon for Emoji"
msgstr "Whether to show an icon for Emoji"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1002 gtk/gtklabel.c:2568 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:504
#: gtk/gtktext.c:990 gtk/gtktextview.c:1163
msgid "Extra menu"
msgstr "Extra menu"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1003 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:505
msgid "Model menu to append to the context menu"
msgstr "Model menu to append to the context menu"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1015 gtk/gtktext.c:953
msgid "Enable Emoji completion"
msgstr "Enable Emoji completion"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1016 gtk/gtktext.c:954
msgid "Whether to suggest Emoji replacements"
msgstr "Whether to suggest Emoji replacements"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:299
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Completion Model"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:300
msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgstr "The model to find matches in"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:306
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Minimum Key Length"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:307
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
msgstr "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:320 gtk/gtkiconview.c:393
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Text column"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:321
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr "The column of the model containing the strings."

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:336
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr "Inline completion"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:337
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:349
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr "Popup completion"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:350
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
msgstr "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:362
msgid "Popup set width"
msgstr "Popup set width"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:363
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
msgstr "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:378
msgid "Popup single match"
msgstr "Popup single match"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:379
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
msgstr "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:391
msgid "Inline selection"
msgstr "Inline selection"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:392
msgid "Your description here"
msgstr "Your description here"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:204 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:367
#: gtk/gtkwidgetpaintable.c:247
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:205
msgid "Widget the gesture relates to"
msgstr "Widget the gesture relates to"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:216
msgid "Propagation phase"
msgstr "Propagation phase"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:217
msgid "Propagation phase at which this controller is run"
msgstr "Propagation phase at which this controller is run"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:229
msgid "Propagation limit"
msgstr "Propagation limit"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:230
msgid "Propagation limit for events handled by this controller"
msgstr "Propagation limit for events handled by this controller"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:243
msgid "Name for this controller"
msgstr "Name for this controller"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:203
msgid "Is Focus"
msgstr "Is Focus"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:204
msgid "Whether the focus is in the controllers widget"
msgstr "Whether the focus is in the controllers widget"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:222
msgid "Contains Focus"
msgstr "Contains Focus"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:223
msgid "Whether the focus is in a descendant of the controllers widget"
msgstr "Whether the focus is in a descendant of the controllers widget"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c:372 gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c:373
msgid "Flags"
msgstr "Flags"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:320 gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1095
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Expanded"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:321
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:334
msgid "Text of the expander’s label"
msgstr "Text of the expander’s label"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:359 gtk/gtklabel.c:2312 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1211
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Use markup"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:360 gtk/gtklabel.c:2313
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:372 gtk/gtkframe.c:195
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "Label widget"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:373
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:386
msgid "Resize toplevel"
msgstr "Resize toplevel"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:387
msgid ""
"Whether the expander will resize the toplevel window upon expanding and "
"collapsing"
msgstr ""
"Whether the expander will resize the toplevel window upon expanding and "
"collapsing"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:87 gtk/gtkshortcut.c:156
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Action"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:88
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:101 gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:561
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filter"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:102
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:113
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr "Select Multiple"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:114
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:129
msgid "Filters"
msgstr "Filters"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:130
msgid "List model of filters"
msgstr "List model of filters"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:145
msgid "Shortcut Folders"
msgstr "Shortcut Folders"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:146
msgid "List model of shortcut folders"
msgstr "List model of shortcut folders"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:158
msgid "Allow folder creation"
msgstr "Allow folder creation"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:159
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
msgstr ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."

#: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:776
msgid "Accept label"
msgstr "Accept label"

#: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:777
msgid "The label on the accept button"
msgstr "The label on the accept button"

#: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:789
msgid "Cancel label"
msgstr "Cancel label"

#: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:790
msgid "The label on the cancel button"
msgstr "The label on the cancel button"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7630 gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7631
msgid "Search mode"
msgstr "Search mode"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7637 gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7638
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:644
msgid "Subtitle"
msgstr "Subtitle"

#: gtk/gtkfilefilter.c:240
msgid "The human-readable name for this filter"
msgstr "The human-readable name for this filter"

#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:562
msgid "The filter set for this model"
msgstr "The filter set for this model"

#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:573 gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:788
msgid "Incremental"
msgstr "Incremental"

#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:574
msgid "Filter items incrementally"
msgstr "Filter items incrementally"

#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:586 gtk/gtkselectionfiltermodel.c:231
msgid "The model being filtered"
msgstr "The model being filtered"

#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:597 gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:812
msgid "Pending"
msgstr "Pending"

#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:598
msgid "Number of items not yet filtered"
msgstr "Number of items not yet filtered"

#: gtk/gtkfixedlayout.c:163
msgid "transform"
msgstr "transform"

#: gtk/gtkfixedlayout.c:164
msgid "The transform of a child of a fixed layout"
msgstr "The transform of a child of a fixed layout"

#: gtk/gtkflattenlistmodel.c:410
msgid "The model being flattened"
msgstr "The model being flattened"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3612 gtk/gtkiconview.c:360 gtk/gtklistbox.c:504
#: gtk/gtktreeselection.c:135
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Selection mode"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3613 gtk/gtkiconview.c:361 gtk/gtklistbox.c:505
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "The selection mode"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3626 gtk/gtkiconview.c:589 gtk/gtklistbox.c:518
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1158
msgid "Activate on Single Click"
msgstr "Activate on Single Click"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3627 gtk/gtkiconview.c:590 gtk/gtklistbox.c:519
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1159
msgid "Activate row on a single click"
msgstr "Activate row on a single click"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3638 gtk/gtklistbox.c:530 gtk/gtklistbox.c:531
msgid "Accept unpaired release"
msgstr "Accept unpaired release"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3639
msgid "Accept an unpaired release event"
msgstr "Accept an unpaired release event"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3668
msgid "Minimum Children Per Line"
msgstr "Minimum Children Per Line"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3669
msgid ""
"The minimum number of children to allocate consecutively in the given "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"The minimum number of children to allocate consecutively in the given "
"orientation."

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3682
msgid "Maximum Children Per Line"
msgstr "Maximum Children Per Line"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3683
msgid ""
"The maximum amount of children to request space for consecutively in the "
"given orientation."
msgstr ""
"The maximum amount of children to request space for consecutively in the "
"given orientation."

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3695
msgid "Vertical spacing"
msgstr "Vertical spacing"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3696
msgid "The amount of vertical space between two children"
msgstr "The amount of vertical space between two children"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3707
msgid "Horizontal spacing"
msgstr "Horizontal spacing"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3708
msgid "The amount of horizontal space between two children"
msgstr "The amount of horizontal space between two children"

#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:507
msgid "The title of the font chooser dialog"
msgstr "The title of the font chooser dialog"

#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:519
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Use font in label"

#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:520
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"

#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:532
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Use size in label"

#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:533
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:75
msgid "Font description"
msgstr "Font description"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:88
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "Preview text"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:89
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:101
msgid "Show preview text entry"
msgstr "Show preview text entry"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:102
msgid "Whether the preview text entry is shown or not"
msgstr "Whether the preview text entry is shown or not"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:114
msgid "Selection level"
msgstr "Selection level"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:115
msgid "Whether to select family, face or font"
msgstr "Whether to select family, face or font"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:133
msgid "Font features"
msgstr "Font features"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:134
msgid "Font features as a string"
msgstr "Font features as a string"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:147
msgid "Language for which features have been selected"
msgstr "Language for which features have been selected"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c:894
msgid "The tweak action"
msgstr "The tweak action"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c:895
msgid "The toggle action to switch to the tweak page"
msgstr "The toggle action to switch to the tweak page"

#: gtk/gtkframe.c:171
msgid "Text of the frame’s label"
msgstr "Text of the frame’s label"

#: gtk/gtkframe.c:182
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr "Label xalign"

#: gtk/gtkframe.c:183
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "The horizontal alignment of the label"

#: gtk/gtkframe.c:196
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"

#: gtk/gtkgesture.c:768
msgid "Number of points"
msgstr "Number of points"

#: gtk/gtkgesture.c:769
msgid "Number of points needed to trigger the gesture"
msgstr "Number of points needed to trigger the gesture"

#: gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c:291
msgid "Delay factor"
msgstr "Delay factor"

#: gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c:292
msgid "Factor by which to modify the default timeout"
msgstr "Factor by which to modify the default timeout"

#: gtk/gtkgesturepan.c:234 gtk/gtklistbase.c:1145 gtk/gtkorientable.c:56
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Orientation"

#: gtk/gtkgesturepan.c:235
msgid "Allowed orientations"
msgstr "Allowed orientations"

#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:265
msgid "Handle only touch events"
msgstr "Handle only touch events"

#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:266
msgid "Whether the gesture handles only touch events"
msgstr "Whether the gesture handles only touch events"

#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:279 gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:280
msgid "Whether the gesture is exclusive"
msgstr "Whether the gesture is exclusive"

#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:291
msgid "Button number"
msgstr "Button number"

#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:292
msgid "Button number to listen to"
msgstr "Button number to listen to"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:802
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Context"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:803
msgid "The GL context"
msgstr "The GL context"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:824
msgid "Auto render"
msgstr "Auto render"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:825
msgid "Whether the GtkGLArea renders on each redraw"
msgstr "Whether the GtkGLArea renders on each redraw"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:843
msgid "Has depth buffer"
msgstr "Has depth buffer"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:844
msgid "Whether a depth buffer is allocated"
msgstr "Whether a depth buffer is allocated"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:858
msgid "Has stencil buffer"
msgstr "Has stencil buffer"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:859
msgid "Whether a stencil buffer is allocated"
msgstr "Whether a stencil buffer is allocated"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:873
msgid "Use OpenGL ES"
msgstr "Use OpenGL ES"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:874
msgid "Whether the context uses OpenGL or OpenGL ES"
msgstr "Whether the context uses OpenGL or OpenGL ES"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:434 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1670
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Row spacing"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:435 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1671
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:446 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1682
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Column spacing"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:447 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1683
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:458 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1694
msgid "Row Homogeneous"
msgstr "Row Homogeneous"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:459 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1695
msgid "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height"
msgstr "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:470 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1706
msgid "Column Homogeneous"
msgstr "Column Homogeneous"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:471 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1707
msgid "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width"
msgstr "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:482 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1719
msgid "Baseline Row"
msgstr "Baseline Row"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:483 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1720
msgid "The row to align the to the baseline when valign is GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE"
msgstr "The row to align the to the baseline when valign is GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:168
msgid "Column"
msgstr "Column"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:169
msgid "The column to place the child in"
msgstr "The column to place the child in"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:180
msgid "Row"
msgstr "Row"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:181
msgid "The row to place the child in"
msgstr "The row to place the child in"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:192
msgid "Column span"
msgstr "Column span"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:193
msgid "The number of columns that a child spans"
msgstr "The number of columns that a child spans"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:204
msgid "Row span"
msgstr "Row span"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:205
msgid "The number of rows that a child spans"
msgstr "The number of rows that a child spans"

#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1074
msgid "Max columns"
msgstr "Max columns"

#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1075
msgid "Maximum number of columns per row"
msgstr "Maximum number of columns per row"

#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1086
msgid "Min columns"
msgstr "Min columns"

#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1087
msgid "Minimum number of columns per row"
msgstr "Minimum number of columns per row"

#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:569
msgid "Title Widget"
msgstr "Title Widget"

#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:570
msgid "Title widget to display"
msgstr "Title widget to display"

#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:586
msgid "Show title buttons"
msgstr "Show title buttons"

#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:587
msgid "Whether to show title buttons"
msgstr "Whether to show title buttons"

#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:601 gtk/gtksettings.c:1018 gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:535
msgid "Decoration Layout"
msgstr "Decoration Layout"

#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:602 gtk/gtksettings.c:1019 gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:536
msgid "The layout for window decorations"
msgstr "The layout for window decorations"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1004 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1005
msgid "Supported icon names"
msgstr "Supported icon names"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1022 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1023
msgid "Search path"
msgstr "Search path"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1041 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1042
msgid "Resource path"
msgstr "Resource path"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1057 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1058
msgid "Theme name"
msgstr "Theme name"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3629
msgid "file"
msgstr "file"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3630
msgid "The file representing the icon"
msgstr "The file representing the icon"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3641 gtk/gtkstack.c:451
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "Icon name"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3642
msgid "The icon name chosen during lookup"
msgstr "The icon name chosen during lookup"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3653
msgid "Is symbolic"
msgstr "Is symbolic"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3654
msgid "If the icon is symbolic"
msgstr "If the icon is symbolic"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:377
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "Pixbuf column"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:378
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:394
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the text from"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:411
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "Markup column"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:412
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:419
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr "Icon View Model"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:420
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "The model for the icon view"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:434
msgid "Number of columns"
msgstr "Number of columns"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:435
msgid "Number of columns to display"
msgstr "Number of columns to display"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:450
msgid "Width for each item"
msgstr "Width for each item"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:451
msgid "The width used for each item"
msgstr "The width used for each item"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:465
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:478
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "Row Spacing"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:479
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between grid rows"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:492
msgid "Column Spacing"
msgstr "Column Spacing"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:493
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between grid columns"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:506
msgid "Margin"
msgstr "Margin"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:507
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
msgstr "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:520
msgid "Item Orientation"
msgstr "Item Orientation"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:521
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:536 gtk/gtktreeview.c:1025
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "View is reorderable"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:543 gtk/gtktreeview.c:1144
msgid "Tooltip Column"
msgstr "Tooltip Column"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:544
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
msgstr "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:559
msgid "Item Padding"
msgstr "Item Padding"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:560
msgid "Padding around icon view items"
msgstr "Padding around icon view items"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:178 gtk/gtkpicture.c:332
msgid "Paintable"
msgstr "Paintable"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:179
msgid "A GdkPaintable to display"
msgstr "A GdkPaintable to display"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:191
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Filename to load and display"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:202
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Icon size"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:203
msgid "Symbolic size to use for icon set or named icon"
msgstr "Symbolic size to use for icon set or named icon"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:219
msgid "Pixel size"
msgstr "Pixel size"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:220
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
msgstr "Pixel size to use for named icon"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:262
msgid "The resource path being displayed"
msgstr "The resource path being displayed"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:273
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Storage type"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:274
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr "The representation being used for image data"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:290
msgid "Use Fallback"
msgstr "Use Fallback"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:291
msgid "Whether to use icon names fallback"
msgstr "Whether to use icon names fallback"

#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:357 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:365
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Message Type"

#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:358 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:366
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "The type of message"

#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:370 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:322
msgid "Show Close Button"
msgstr "Show Close Button"

#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:371
msgid "Whether to include a standard close button"
msgstr "Whether to include a standard close button"

#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:383
msgid "Controls whether the info bar shows its contents or not"
msgstr "Controls whether the info bar shows its contents or not"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2287
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "The text of the label"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2299
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2339 gtk/gtktexttag.c:475 gtk/gtktextview.c:927
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Justification"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2340
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkLabel:xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkLabel:xalign for that"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2371
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Y align"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2372
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2384
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "Line wrap"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2385
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2403
msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgstr "Line wrap mode"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2404
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgstr "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2424
#| msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgid "Natural wrap mode"
msgstr "Natural wrap mode"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2425
#| msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgid "If wrap is set, controls linewrapping for natural size requests"
msgstr "If wrap is set, controls linewrapping for natural size requests"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2438
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2449
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Mnemonic key"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2450
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2462
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr "Mnemonic widget"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2463
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label’s mnemonic key is pressed"
msgstr "The widget to be activated when the label’s mnemonic key is pressed"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2484
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2520
msgid "Single Line Mode"
msgstr "Single Line Mode"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2521
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
msgstr "Whether the label is in single line mode"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2539
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2555
msgid "Number of lines"
msgstr "Number of lines"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2556
msgid "The desired number of lines, when ellipsizing a wrapping label"
msgstr "The desired number of lines, when ellipsizing a wrapping label"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2569 gtk/gtktext.c:991 gtk/gtktextview.c:1164
msgid "Menu model to append to the context menu"
msgstr "Menu model to append to the context menu"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:962
msgid "Currently filled value level"
msgstr "Currently filled value level"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:963
msgid "Currently filled value level of the level bar"
msgstr "Currently filled value level of the level bar"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:974
msgid "Minimum value level for the bar"
msgstr "Minimum value level for the bar"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:975
msgid "Minimum value level that can be displayed by the bar"
msgstr "Minimum value level that can be displayed by the bar"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:986
msgid "Maximum value level for the bar"
msgstr "Maximum value level for the bar"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:987
msgid "Maximum value level that can be displayed by the bar"
msgstr "Maximum value level that can be displayed by the bar"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1007
msgid "The mode of the value indicator"
msgstr "The mode of the value indicator"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1008
msgid "The mode of the value indicator displayed by the bar"
msgstr "The mode of the value indicator displayed by the bar"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1024
msgid "Invert the direction in which the level bar grows"
msgstr "Invert the direction in which the level bar grows"

#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:179
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"

#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:180
msgid "The URI bound to this button"
msgstr "The URI bound to this button"

#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:194
msgid "Visited"
msgstr "Visited"

#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:195
msgid "Whether this link has been visited."
msgstr "Whether this link has been visited."

#: gtk/gtklistbase.c:1146 gtk/gtkorientable.c:57
msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
msgstr "The orientation of the orientable"

#: gtk/gtklistbox.c:543 gtk/gtklistview.c:843
msgid "Show separators"
msgstr "Show separators"

#: gtk/gtklistbox.c:3559
msgid "Whether this row can be activated"
msgstr "Whether this row can be activated"

#: gtk/gtklistbox.c:3571
msgid "Whether this row can be selected"
msgstr "Whether this row can be selected"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:170
msgid "If the item can be activated by the user"
msgstr "If the item can be activated by the user"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:182
msgid "Widget used for display"
msgstr "Widget used for display"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:193 gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:544 gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1107
msgid "Item"
msgstr "Item"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:194
msgid "Displayed item"
msgstr "Displayed item"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:205 gtk/gtknotebook.c:651 gtk/gtkpaned.c:426
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1828
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Position"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:206
msgid "Position of the item"
msgstr "Position of the item"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:218
msgid "If the item can be selected by the user"
msgstr "If the item can be selected by the user"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:230
msgid "If the item is currently selected"
msgstr "If the item is currently selected"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:274
msgid "Permission"
msgstr "Permission"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:275
msgid "The GPermission object controlling this button"
msgstr "The GPermission object controlling this button"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:287
msgid "Lock Text"
msgstr "Lock Text"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:288
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr "The text to display when prompting the user to lock"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:301
msgid "Unlock Text"
msgstr "Unlock Text"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:302
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr "The text to display when prompting the user to unlock"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:315
msgid "Lock Tooltip"
msgstr "Lock Tooltip"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:316
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to lock"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:329
msgid "Unlock Tooltip"
msgstr "Unlock Tooltip"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:330
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to unlock"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:343
msgid "Not Authorized Tooltip"
msgstr "Not Authorized Tooltip"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:344
msgid ""
"The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"
msgstr ""
"The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"

#: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:187
msgid "Inspected"
msgstr "Inspected"

#: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:188
msgid "Inspected widget"
msgstr "Inspected widget"

#: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:194 gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:195
msgid "magnification"
msgstr "magnification"

#: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:201 gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:202
msgid "resize"
msgstr "resize"

#: gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:360
msgid "has map"
msgstr "has map"

#: gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:361
msgid "If a map is set for this model"
msgstr "If a map is set for this model"

#: gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:373
msgid "The model being mapped"
msgstr "The model being mapped"

#: gtk/gtkmediacontrols.c:276 gtk/gtkvideo.c:354
msgid "Media Stream"
msgstr "Media Stream"

#: gtk/gtkmediacontrols.c:277
msgid "The media stream managed"
msgstr "The media stream managed"

#: gtk/gtkmediafile.c:160
msgid "File being played back"
msgstr "File being played back"

#: gtk/gtkmediafile.c:173
msgid "Input stream"
msgstr "Input stream"

#: gtk/gtkmediafile.c:174
msgid "Input stream being played back"
msgstr "Input stream being played back"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:301
msgid "Prepared"
msgstr "Prepared"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:302
msgid "Whether the stream has finished initializing"
msgstr "Whether the stream has finished initializing"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:314
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Error"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:315
msgid "Error the stream is in"
msgstr "Error the stream is in"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:326
msgid "Has audio"
msgstr "Has audio"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:327
msgid "Whether the stream contains audio"
msgstr "Whether the stream contains audio"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:338
msgid "Has video"
msgstr "Has video"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:339
msgid "Whether the stream contains video"
msgstr "Whether the stream contains video"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:350
msgid "Playing"
msgstr "Playing"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:351
msgid "Whether the stream is playing"
msgstr "Whether the stream is playing"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:362
msgid "Ended"
msgstr "Ended"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:363
msgid "Set when playback has finished"
msgstr "Set when playback has finished"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:374
msgid "Timestamp"
msgstr "Timestamp"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:375 gtk/gtkmediastream.c:387
msgid "Timestamp in microseconds"
msgstr "Timestamp in microseconds"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:386
msgid "Duration"
msgstr "Duration"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:398
msgid "Seekable"
msgstr "Seekable"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:399
msgid "Set unless seeking is not supported"
msgstr "Set unless seeking is not supported"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:410
msgid "Seeking"
msgstr "Seeking"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:411
msgid "Set while a seek is in progress"
msgstr "Set while a seek is in progress"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:422 gtk/gtkvideo.c:342
msgid "Loop"
msgstr "Loop"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:423
msgid "Try to restart the media from the beginning once it ended."
msgstr "Try to restart the media from the beginning once it ended."

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:434
msgid "Muted"
msgstr "Muted"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:435
msgid "Whether the audio stream should be muted."
msgstr "Whether the audio stream should be muted."

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:446
msgid "Volume"
msgstr "Volume"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:447
msgid "Volume of the audio stream."
msgstr "Volume of the audio stream."

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:414 gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.c:636 gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:612
msgid "Menu model"
msgstr "Menu model"

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:415
msgid "The model from which the popup is made."
msgstr "The model from which the popup is made."

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:428
msgid "The direction the arrow should point."
msgstr "The direction the arrow should point."

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:440 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1243
msgid "Popover"
msgstr "Popover"

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:441
msgid "The popover"
msgstr "The popover"

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:466
msgid "Always Show Arrow"
msgstr "Always Show Arrow"

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:467
msgid ""
"Whether to show a dropdown arrow even when using an icon or a custom child"
msgstr ""
"Whether to show a dropdown arrow even when using an icon or a custom child"

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:479
msgid "The label for the button"
msgstr "The label for the button"

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:502
msgid "Has frame"
msgstr "Has frame"

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:518
msgid "Primary"
msgstr "Primary"

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:519
msgid "Whether the menubutton acts as a primary menu"
msgstr "Whether the menubutton acts as a primary menu"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:373
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Message Buttons"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:374
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "The buttons shown in the message dialog"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:389
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "The primary text of the message dialog"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:402
msgid "Use Markup"
msgstr "Use Markup"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:403
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
msgstr "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:414
msgid "Secondary Text"
msgstr "Secondary Text"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:415
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "The secondary text of the message dialog"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:428
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
msgstr "Use Markup in secondary"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:429
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
msgstr "The secondary text includes Pango markup."

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:443
msgid "Message area"
msgstr "Message area"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:444
msgid "GtkBox that holds the dialog’s primary and secondary labels"
msgstr "GtkBox that holds the dialog’s primary and secondary labels"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1171
msgid "Role"
msgstr "Role"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1172
msgid "The role of this button"
msgstr "The role of this button"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1186
msgid "The icon"
msgstr "The icon"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1198
msgid "The text"
msgstr "The text"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1212
msgid "The text of the button includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "The text of the button includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1236
msgid "Menu name"
msgstr "Menu name"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1237
msgid "The name of the menu to open"
msgstr "The name of the menu to open"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1244
msgid "Popover to open"
msgstr "Popover to open"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1257
msgid "Iconic"
msgstr "Iconic"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1258
msgid "Whether to prefer the icon over text"
msgstr "Whether to prefer the icon over text"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1271
msgid "Size group"
msgstr "Size group"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1272
msgid "Size group for checks and radios"
msgstr "Size group for checks and radios"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1277
msgid "Accel"
msgstr "Accel"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1278
msgid "The accelerator"
msgstr "The accelerator"

#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:174
msgid "The parent window"
msgstr "The parent window"

#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:186
msgid "Is Showing"
msgstr "Is Showing"

#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:187
msgid "Are we showing a dialog"
msgstr "Are we showing a dialog"

#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:200
msgid "The display where this window will be displayed."
msgstr "The display where this window will be displayed."

#: gtk/gtkmultiselection.c:354
msgid "List managed by this selection"
msgstr "List managed by this selection"

#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:212
msgid "Dialog Title"
msgstr "Dialog Title"

#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:213
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog"
msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialog"

#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:225
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the dialog is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the dialog is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"

#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:237
msgid "Whether the dialog is currently visible"
msgstr "Whether the dialog is currently visible"

#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:248 gtk/gtkwindow.c:967
msgid "Transient for Window"
msgstr "Transient for Window"

#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:249 gtk/gtkwindow.c:968
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
msgstr "The transient parent of the dialog"

#: gtk/gtknoselection.c:201 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:435
msgid "The model"
msgstr "The model"

#: gtk/gtknoselection.c:202 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:436
msgid "The model being managed"
msgstr "The model being managed"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:587
msgid "The child for this page"
msgstr "The child for this page"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:599
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:600
msgid "The tab widget for this page"
msgstr "The tab widget for this page"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:612
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Menu"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:613
msgid "The label widget displayed in the child’s menu entry"
msgstr "The label widget displayed in the child’s menu entry"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:625
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr "Tab label"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:626
msgid "The text of the tab widget"
msgstr "The text of the tab widget"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:638
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Menu label"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:639
msgid "The text of the menu widget"
msgstr "The text of the menu widget"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:652
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "The index of the child in the parent"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:664
msgid "Tab expand"
msgstr "Tab expand"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:665
msgid "Whether to expand the child’s tab"
msgstr "Whether to expand the child’s tab"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:677
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr "Tab fill"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:678
msgid "Whether the child’s tab should fill the allocated area"
msgstr "Whether the child’s tab should fill the allocated area"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:690
msgid "Tab reorderable"
msgstr "Tab reorderable"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:691
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action"
msgstr "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:703
msgid "Tab detachable"
msgstr "Tab detachable"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:704
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
msgstr "Whether the tab is detachable"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1126
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Page"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1127
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "The index of the current page"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1139
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr "Tab Position"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1140
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
msgstr "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1152
msgid "Show Tabs"
msgstr "Show Tabs"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1153
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown"
msgstr "Whether tabs should be shown"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1164
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Show Border"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1165
msgid "Whether the border should be shown"
msgstr "Whether the border should be shown"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1176
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Scrollable"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1177
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1188
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "Enable Popup"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1189
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1200
msgid "Group Name"
msgstr "Group Name"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1201
msgid "Group name for tab drag and drop"
msgstr "Group name for tab drag and drop"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1213
msgid "The pages of the notebook."
msgstr "The pages of the notebook."

#: gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:549 gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:258
#: gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:296
msgid "Expression to compare with"
msgstr "Expression to compare with"

#: gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:559 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:395
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Sort order"

#: gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:560
msgid "Whether to sort smaller numbers first"
msgstr "Whether to sort smaller numbers first"

#: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:141
msgid "Measure"
msgstr "Measure"

#: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:142
msgid "Include in size measurement"
msgstr "Include in size measurement"

#: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:153
msgid "Clip Overlay"
msgstr "Clip Overlay"

#: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:154
msgid "Clip the overlay child widget so as to fit the parent"
msgstr "Clip the overlay child widget so as to fit the parent"

#: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:372
msgid "Action group"
msgstr "Action group"

#: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:373
msgid "Action group to launch actions from"
msgstr "Action group to launch actions from"

#: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:378
msgid "Pad device"
msgstr "Pad device"

#: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:379
msgid "Pad device to control"
msgstr "Pad device to control"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:427
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:438
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Position Set"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:439
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "TRUE if the Position property should be used"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:453
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Minimal Position"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:454
msgid "Smallest possible value for the “position” property"
msgstr "Smallest possible value for the “position” property"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:468
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Maximal Position"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:469
msgid "Largest possible value for the “position” property"
msgstr "Largest possible value for the “position” property"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:483
msgid "Wide Handle"
msgstr "Wide Handle"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:484
msgid "Whether the paned should have a prominent handle"
msgstr "Whether the paned should have a prominent handle"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:496
msgid "Resize first child"
msgstr "Resize first child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:497
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the first child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the first child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:509
msgid "Resize second child"
msgstr "Resize second child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:510
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the second child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the second child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:522
msgid "Shrink first child"
msgstr "Shrink first child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:523
msgid "If TRUE, the first child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "If TRUE, the first child can be made smaller than its requisition"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:535
msgid "Shrink second child"
msgstr "Shrink second child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:536
msgid "If TRUE, the second child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "If TRUE, the second child can be made smaller than its requisition"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:547
msgid "First child"
msgstr "First child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:548
msgid "The first child"
msgstr "The first child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:559
msgid "Second child"
msgstr "Second child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:560
msgid "The second child"
msgstr "The second child"

#: gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:491
msgid "Show Peek Icon"
msgstr "Show Peek Icon"

#: gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:492
msgid "Whether to show an icon for revealing the content"
msgstr "Whether to show an icon for revealing the content"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:333
msgid "The GdkPaintable to display"
msgstr "The GdkPaintable to display"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:345
msgid "File to load and display"
msgstr "File to load and display"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:356
msgid "Alternative text"
msgstr "Alternative text"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:357
msgid "The alternative textual description"
msgstr "The alternative textual description"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:369
msgid "Keep aspect ratio"
msgstr "Keep aspect ratio"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:370
msgid "Render contents respecting the aspect ratio"
msgstr "Render contents respecting the aspect ratio"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:381
msgid "Can shrink"
msgstr "Can shrink"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:382
msgid "Allow self to be smaller than contents"
msgstr "Allow self to be smaller than contents"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4327
msgid "Location to Select"
msgstr "Location to Select"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4328
msgid "The location to highlight in the sidebar"
msgstr "The location to highlight in the sidebar"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4333 gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2262
msgid "Open Flags"
msgstr "Open Flags"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4334 gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2263
msgid ""
"Modes in which the calling application can open locations selected in the "
"sidebar"
msgstr ""
"Modes in which the calling application can open locations selected in the "
"sidebar"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4340
msgid "Show recent files"
msgstr "Show recent files"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4341
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut for recent files"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut for recent files"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4346
msgid "Show “Desktop”"
msgstr "Show “Desktop”"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4347
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Desktop folder"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Desktop folder"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4352
msgid "Show “Enter Location”"
msgstr "Show “Enter Location”"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4353
msgid ""
"Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to manually enter a location"
msgstr ""
"Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to manually enter a location"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4358
msgid "Show “Trash”"
msgstr "Show “Trash”"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4359
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Trash location"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Trash location"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4364
msgid "Show “Other locations”"
msgstr "Show “Other locations”"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4365
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show external locations"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show external locations"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4370
msgid "Show “Starred Location”"
msgstr "Show “Starred Location”"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4371
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show starred files"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show starred files"

#: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2248
msgid "Loading"
msgstr "Loading"

#: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2249
msgid "Whether the view is loading locations"
msgstr "Whether the view is loading locations"

#: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2255
msgid "Fetching networks"
msgstr "Fetching networks"

#: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2256
msgid "Whether the view is fetching networks"
msgstr "Whether the view is fetching networks"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:340
msgid "Icon of the row"
msgstr "Icon of the row"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:341
msgid "The icon representing the volume"
msgstr "The icon representing the volume"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:347
msgid "Name of the volume"
msgstr "Name of the volume"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:348
msgid "The name of the volume"
msgstr "The name of the volume"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:354
msgid "Path of the volume"
msgstr "Path of the volume"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:355
msgid "The path of the volume"
msgstr "The path of the volume"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:361
msgid "Volume represented by the row"
msgstr "Volume represented by the row"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:362
msgid "The volume represented by the row"
msgstr "The volume represented by the row"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:368
msgid "Mount represented by the row"
msgstr "Mount represented by the row"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:369
msgid "The mount point represented by the row, if any"
msgstr "The mount point represented by the row, if any"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:375
msgid "File represented by the row"
msgstr "File represented by the row"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:376
msgid "The file represented by the row, if any"
msgstr "The file represented by the row, if any"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:382 gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:383
msgid "Whether the row represents a network location"
msgstr "Whether the row represents a network location"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1816
msgid "Pointing to"
msgstr "Pointing to"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1817
msgid "Rectangle the bubble window points to"
msgstr "Rectangle the bubble window points to"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1829
msgid "Position to place the bubble window"
msgstr "Position to place the bubble window"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1841
msgid "Whether to dismiss the popover on outside clicks"
msgstr "Whether to dismiss the popover on outside clicks"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1852 gtk/gtkwindow.c:1035
msgid "Default widget"
msgstr "Default widget"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1853 gtk/gtkwindow.c:1036
msgid "The default widget"
msgstr "The default widget"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1864
msgid "Has Arrow"
msgstr "Has Arrow"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1865
msgid "Whether to draw an arrow"
msgstr "Whether to draw an arrow"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1876
msgid "Mnemonics visible"
msgstr "Mnemonics visible"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1877
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this popover"
msgstr "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this popover"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1902
msgid "Cascade popdown"
msgstr "Cascade popdown"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1903
msgid "Whether the popover pops down after a child popover"
msgstr "Whether the popover pops down after a child popover"

#: gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.c:637
msgid "The model from which the bar is made."
msgstr "The model from which the bar is made."

#: gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:599
msgid "Visible submenu"
msgstr "Visible submenu"

#: gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:600
msgid "The name of the visible submenu"
msgstr "The name of the visible submenu"

#: gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:613
msgid "The model from which the menu is made."
msgstr "The model from which the menu is made."

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:124
msgid "Name of the printer"
msgstr "Name of the printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:136
msgid "Backend"
msgstr "Backend"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:137
msgid "Backend for the printer"
msgstr "Backend for the printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:149
msgid "Is Virtual"
msgstr "Is Virtual"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:150
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
msgstr "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:162
msgid "Accepts PDF"
msgstr "Accepts PDF"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:163
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:175
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
msgstr "Accepts PostScript"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:176
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:188
msgid "State Message"
msgstr "State Message"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:189
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
msgstr "String giving the current state of the printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:201
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Location"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:202
msgid "The location of the printer"
msgstr "The location of the printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:215
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
msgstr "The icon name to use for the printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:227
msgid "Job Count"
msgstr "Job Count"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:228
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
msgstr "Number of jobs queued in the printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:245
msgid "Paused Printer"
msgstr "Paused Printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:246
msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer is paused"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:258
msgid "Accepting Jobs"
msgstr "Accepting Jobs"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:259
msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"

#: gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:103
msgid "Option Value"
msgstr "Option Value"

#: gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:104
msgid "Value of the option"
msgstr "Value of the option"

#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:129
msgid "Source option"
msgstr "Source option"

#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:130
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
msgstr "The PrinterOption backing this widget"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:148
msgid "Title of the print job"
msgstr "Title of the print job"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:161
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Printer"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:162
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
msgstr "Printer to print the job to"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:175
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Settings"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:176
msgid "Printer settings"
msgstr "Printer settings"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:189 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:190 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:387
msgid "Page Setup"
msgstr "Page Setup"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:204 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1204
msgid "Track Print Status"
msgstr "Track Print Status"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:205
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1086
msgid "Default Page Setup"
msgstr "Default Page Setup"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1087
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
msgstr "The GtkPageSetup used by default"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1103 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:415
msgid "Print Settings"
msgstr "Print Settings"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1104 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:416
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
msgstr "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1120
msgid "Job Name"
msgstr "Job Name"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1121
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
msgstr "A string used for identifying the print job."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1143
msgid "Number of Pages"
msgstr "Number of Pages"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1144
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
msgstr "The number of pages in the document."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1163 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:400
msgid "Current Page"
msgstr "Current Page"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1164 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:401
msgid "The current page in the document"
msgstr "The current page in the document"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1185
msgid "Use full page"
msgstr "Use full page"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1186
msgid ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
msgstr ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1205
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1219
msgid "Unit"
msgstr "Unit"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1220
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
msgstr "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1234
msgid "Show Dialog"
msgstr "Show Dialog"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1235
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
msgstr "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1256
msgid "Allow Async"
msgstr "Allow Async"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1257
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
msgstr "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1278 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1279
msgid "Export filename"
msgstr "Export filename"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1291
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1292
msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgstr "The status of the print operation"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1311
msgid "Status String"
msgstr "Status String"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1312
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
msgstr "A human-readable description of the status"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1329
msgid "Custom tab label"
msgstr "Custom tab label"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1330
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
msgstr "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1344 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:455
msgid "Support Selection"
msgstr "Support Selection"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1345
msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
msgstr "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1360 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:468
msgid "Has Selection"
msgstr "Has Selection"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1361
msgid "TRUE if a selection exists."
msgstr "TRUE if a selection exists."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1375 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:481
msgid "Embed Page Setup"
msgstr "Embed Page Setup"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1376 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:482
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
msgstr "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1397
msgid "Number of Pages To Print"
msgstr "Number of Pages To Print"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1398
msgid "The number of pages that will be printed."
msgstr "The number of pages that will be printed."

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:388
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
msgstr "The GtkPageSetup to use"

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:428
msgid "Selected Printer"
msgstr "Selected Printer"

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:429
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
msgstr "The GtkPrinter which is selected"

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:441
msgid "Manual Capabilities"
msgstr "Manual Capabilities"

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:442
msgid "Capabilities the application can handle"
msgstr "Capabilities the application can handle"

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:456
msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection"
msgstr "Whether the dialog supports selection"

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:469
msgid "Whether the application has a selection"
msgstr "Whether the application has a selection"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:200
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Fraction"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:201
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "The fraction of total work that has been completed"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:213
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Pulse Step"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:214
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:227
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:247
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Show text"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:248
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
msgstr "Whether the progress is shown as text."

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:268
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
msgstr ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."

#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:373
msgid "Item type"
msgstr "Item type"

#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:374
msgid "The type of elements of this object"
msgstr "The type of elements of this object"

#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:385
msgid "type"
msgstr "type"

#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:386
msgid "Name of the property used for lookups"
msgstr "Name of the property used for lookups"

#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:397
msgid "Object"
msgstr "Object"

#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:398
msgid "The root object"
msgstr "The root object"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:373
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:385
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:397
msgid "Show Fill Level"
msgstr "Show Fill Level"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:398
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
msgstr "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:410
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
msgstr "Restrict to Fill Level"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:411
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
msgstr "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:422
msgid "Fill Level"
msgstr "Fill Level"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:423
msgid "The fill level."
msgstr "The fill level."

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:438
msgid "Round Digits"
msgstr "Round Digits"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:439
msgid "The number of digits to round the value to."
msgstr "The number of digits to round the value to."

#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:272
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
msgstr "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"

#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:285
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
msgstr "The size of the recently used resources list"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:319 gtk/gtkstack.c:870
msgid "Transition type"
msgstr "Transition type"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:320 gtk/gtkstack.c:870
msgid "The type of animation used to transition"
msgstr "The type of animation used to transition"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:332 gtk/gtkstack.c:860
msgid "Transition duration"
msgstr "Transition duration"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:333 gtk/gtkstack.c:860
msgid "The animation duration, in milliseconds"
msgstr "The animation duration, in milliseconds"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:344
msgid "Reveal Child"
msgstr "Reveal Child"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:345
msgid "Whether the container should reveal the child"
msgstr "Whether the container should reveal the child"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:356
msgid "Child Revealed"
msgstr "Child Revealed"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:357
msgid "Whether the child is revealed and the animation target reached"
msgstr "Whether the child is revealed and the animation target reached"

#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:198
msgid "The value of the scale"
msgstr "The value of the scale"

#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:213
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
msgstr ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"

#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:240
msgid "Icons"
msgstr "Icons"

#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:241
msgid "List of icon names"
msgstr "List of icon names"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:682
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:694
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Draw Value"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:695
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:706
msgid "Has Origin"
msgstr "Has Origin"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:707
msgid "Whether the scale has an origin"
msgstr "Whether the scale has an origin"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:718
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Value Position"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:719
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "The position in which the current value is displayed"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:76
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "Horizontal adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:77
msgid ""
"Horizontal adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr ""
"Horizontal adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:92
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "Vertical adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:93
msgid ""
"Vertical adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr ""
"Vertical adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:106
msgid "Horizontal Scrollable Policy"
msgstr "Horizontal Scrollable Policy"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:107 gtk/gtkscrollable.c:120
msgid "How the size of the content should be determined"
msgstr "How the size of the content should be determined"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:119
msgid "Vertical Scrollable Policy"
msgstr "Vertical Scrollable Policy"

#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:222
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scrollbar"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scrollbar"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:604
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Horizontal Adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:605
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:616
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Vertical Adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:617
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:631
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:632
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:647
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:648
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:660
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Window Placement"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:661
msgid "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars."
msgstr "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars."

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:674
msgid "Whether to draw a frame around the contents"
msgstr "Whether to draw a frame around the contents"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:685
msgid "Minimum Content Width"
msgstr "Minimum Content Width"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:686
msgid "The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr ""
"The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:697
msgid "Minimum Content Height"
msgstr "Minimum Content Height"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:698
msgid ""
"The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr ""
"The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:711
msgid "Kinetic Scrolling"
msgstr "Kinetic Scrolling"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:712
msgid "Kinetic scrolling mode."
msgstr "Kinetic scrolling mode."

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:730
msgid "Overlay Scrolling"
msgstr "Overlay Scrolling"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:731
msgid "Overlay scrolling mode"
msgstr "Overlay scrolling mode"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:742
msgid "Maximum Content Width"
msgstr "Maximum Content Width"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:743
msgid "The maximum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr ""
"The maximum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:754
msgid "Maximum Content Height"
msgstr "Maximum Content Height"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:755
msgid ""
"The maximum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr ""
"The maximum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:770 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:771
msgid "Propagate Natural Width"
msgstr "Propagate Natural Width"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:786 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:787
msgid "Propagate Natural Height"
msgstr "Propagate Natural Height"

#: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:311
msgid "Search Mode Enabled"
msgstr "Search Mode Enabled"

#: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:312
msgid "Whether the search mode is on and the search bar shown"
msgstr "Whether the search mode is on and the search bar shown"

#: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:323
msgid "Whether to show the close button in the toolbar"
msgstr "Whether to show the close button in the toolbar"

#: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:345 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:346
msgid "Key Capture Widget"
msgstr "Key Capture Widget"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:341
msgid "Double Click Time"
msgstr "Double Click Time"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:342
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:355
msgid "Double Click Distance"
msgstr "Double Click Distance"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:356
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:371
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "Cursor Blink"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:372
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Whether the cursor should blink"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:384
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Cursor Blink Time"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:385
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
msgstr "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:402
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
msgstr "Cursor Blink Timeout"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:403
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
msgstr "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:416
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Split Cursor"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:417
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:429
msgid "Cursor Aspect Ratio"
msgstr "Cursor Aspect Ratio"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:430
msgid "The aspect ratio of the text caret"
msgstr "The aspect ratio of the text caret"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:445
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Theme Name"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:446
msgid "Name of theme to load"
msgstr "Name of theme to load"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:461
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Icon Theme Name"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:462
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Name of icon theme to use"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:474
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Drag threshold"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:475
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:489
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Font Name"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:490
msgid "The default font family and size to use"
msgstr "The default font family and size to use"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:504
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr "Xft Antialias"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:505
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:520
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr "Xft Hinting"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:521
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:537
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr "Xft Hint Style"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:538
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
msgstr ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:553
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr "Xft RGBA"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:554
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:570
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr "Xft DPI"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:571
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
msgstr "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:589
msgid "Hint Font Metrics"
msgstr "Hint Font Metrics"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:590
msgid "Whether hinting should be applied to font metrics"
msgstr "Whether hinting should be applied to font metrics"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:605
msgid "Cursor theme name"
msgstr "Cursor theme name"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:606
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
msgstr "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:620
msgid "Cursor theme size"
msgstr "Cursor theme size"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:621
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
msgstr "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:634
msgid "Alternative button order"
msgstr "Alternative button order"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:635
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:651
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
msgstr "Alternative sort indicator direction"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:652
msgid ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
msgstr ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:664
msgid "Enable Animations"
msgstr "Enable Animations"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:665
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
msgstr "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:683
msgid "Error Bell"
msgstr "Error Bell"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:684
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
msgstr "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:701
msgid "Default print backend"
msgstr "Default print backend"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:702
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
msgstr "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:723
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
msgstr "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:724
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
msgstr "Command to run when displaying a print preview"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:737
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
msgstr "Enable Accelerators"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:738
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
msgstr "Whether menu items should have accelerators"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:757
msgid "Default IM module"
msgstr "Default IM module"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:758
msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
msgstr "Which IM module should be used by default"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:775
msgid "Recent Files Max Age"
msgstr "Recent Files Max Age"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:776
msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
msgstr "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:789
msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
msgstr "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:790
msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
msgstr "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:809
msgid "Sound Theme Name"
msgstr "Sound Theme Name"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:810
msgid "XDG sound theme name"
msgstr "XDG sound theme name"

#. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:829
msgid "Audible Input Feedback"
msgstr "Audible Input Feedback"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:830
msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
msgstr "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:848
msgid "Enable Event Sounds"
msgstr "Enable Event Sounds"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:849
msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
msgstr "Whether to play any event sounds at all"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:870
msgid "Primary button warps slider"
msgstr "Primary button warps slider"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:871
msgid ""
"Whether a primary click on the trough should warp the slider into position"
msgstr ""
"Whether a primary click on the trough should warp the slider into position"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:896
msgid "Application prefers a dark theme"
msgstr "Application prefers a dark theme"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:897
msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
msgstr "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:909 gtk/gtksettings.c:941
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Select on focus"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:910
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:926
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
msgstr "Password Hint Timeout"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:927
msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
msgstr "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:942
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:955
msgid "Desktop shell shows app menu"
msgstr "Desktop shell shows app menu"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:956
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the app menu, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
msgstr ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the app menu, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:970
msgid "Desktop shell shows the menubar"
msgstr "Desktop shell shows the menubar"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:971
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the menubar, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
msgstr ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the menubar, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:985
msgid "Desktop environment shows the desktop folder"
msgstr "Desktop environment shows the desktop folder"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:986
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the desktop folder, "
"FALSE if not."
msgstr ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the desktop folder, "
"FALSE if not."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1034
msgid "Titlebar double-click action"
msgstr "Titlebar double-click action"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1035
msgid "The action to take on titlebar double-click"
msgstr "The action to take on titlebar double-click"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1050
msgid "Titlebar middle-click action"
msgstr "Titlebar middle-click action"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1051
msgid "The action to take on titlebar middle-click"
msgstr "The action to take on titlebar middle-click"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1066
msgid "Titlebar right-click action"
msgstr "Titlebar right-click action"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1067
msgid "The action to take on titlebar right-click"
msgstr "The action to take on titlebar right-click"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1083
msgid "Dialogs use header bar"
msgstr "Dialogs use header bar"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1084
msgid ""
"Whether builtin GTK dialogs should use a header bar instead of an action "
"area."
msgstr ""
"Whether builtin GTK dialogs should use a header bar instead of an action "
"area."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1097
msgid "Enable primary paste"
msgstr "Enable primary paste"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1098
msgid ""
"Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the “PRIMARY” clipboard "
"content at the cursor location."
msgstr ""
"Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the “PRIMARY” clipboard "
"content at the cursor location."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1113
msgid "Recent Files Enabled"
msgstr "Recent Files Enabled"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1114
msgid "Whether GTK remembers recent files"
msgstr "Whether GTK remembers recent files"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1128
msgid "Long press time"
msgstr "Long press time"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1129
msgid ""
"Time for a button/touch press to be considered a long press (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Time for a button/touch press to be considered a long press (in milliseconds)"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1144 gtk/gtksettings.c:1145
msgid "Whether to show cursor in text"
msgstr "Whether to show cursor in text"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1160 gtk/gtksettings.c:1161
msgid "Whether to use overlay scrollbars"
msgstr "Whether to use overlay scrollbars"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:950
msgid "Signal Name"
msgstr "Signal Name"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:951
msgid "The name of the signal to emit"
msgstr "The name of the signal to emit"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:1192 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:730
msgid "Action Name"
msgstr "Action Name"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:1193
msgid "The name of the action to activate"
msgstr "The name of the action to activate"

#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:157
msgid "The action activated by this shortcut"
msgstr "The action activated by this shortcut"

#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:170
msgid "Arguments"
msgstr "Arguments"

#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:171
msgid "Arguments passed to activation"
msgstr "Arguments passed to activation"

#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:183
msgid "Trigger"
msgstr "Trigger"

#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:184
msgid "The trigger for this shortcut"
msgstr "The trigger for this shortcut"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:572
msgid "Mnemonic modifiers"
msgstr "Mnemonic modifiers"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:573
msgid "The modifiers to be pressed to allow mnemonics activation"
msgstr "The modifiers to be pressed to allow mnemonics activation"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:586
msgid "A list model to take shortcuts from"
msgstr "A list model to take shortcuts from"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:598
msgid "What scope the shortcuts will be handled in"
msgstr "What scope the shortcuts will be handled in"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c:485 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:584
msgid "Accelerator"
msgstr "Accelerator"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c:495
msgid "Disabled text"
msgstr "Disabled text"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:294
msgid "View"
msgstr "View"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:307 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:308
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:670 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:671
msgid "Accelerator Size Group"
msgstr "Accelerator Size Group"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:321 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:322
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:684 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:685
msgid "Title Size Group"
msgstr "Title Size Group"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:296 gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.c:752
msgid "Section Name"
msgstr "Section Name"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:312 gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.c:768
msgid "View Name"
msgstr "View Name"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:340
msgid "Maximum Height"
msgstr "Maximum Height"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:585
msgid "The accelerator keys for shortcuts of type “Accelerator”"
msgstr "The accelerator keys for shortcuts of type “Accelerator”"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:602
msgid "The icon to show for shortcuts of type “Other Gesture”"
msgstr "The icon to show for shortcuts of type “Other Gesture”"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:613
msgid "Icon Set"
msgstr "Icon Set"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:614
msgid "Whether an icon has been set"
msgstr "Whether an icon has been set"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:629
msgid "A short description for the shortcut"
msgstr "A short description for the shortcut"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:645
msgid "A short description for the gesture"
msgstr "A short description for the gesture"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:656
msgid "Subtitle Set"
msgstr "Subtitle Set"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:657
msgid "Whether a subtitle has been set"
msgstr "Whether a subtitle has been set"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:700
msgid "Text direction for which this shortcut is active"
msgstr "Text direction for which this shortcut is active"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:712
msgid "Shortcut Type"
msgstr "Shortcut Type"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:713
msgid "The type of shortcut that is represented"
msgstr "The type of shortcut that is represented"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:731
msgid "The name of the action"
msgstr "The name of the action"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:661 gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:917
msgid "Key value"
msgstr "Key value"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:662 gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:918
msgid "The key value for the trigger"
msgstr "The key value for the trigger"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:676
msgid "Modifiers"
msgstr "Modifiers"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:677
msgid "The key modifiers for the trigger"
msgstr "The key modifiers for the trigger"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1163
msgid "First"
msgstr "First"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1164
msgid "The first trigger to check"
msgstr "The first trigger to check"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1177
msgid "Second"
msgstr "Second"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1178
msgid "The second trigger to check"
msgstr "The second trigger to check"

#: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:387
msgid "Autoselect"
msgstr "Autoselect"

#: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:388
msgid "If the selection will always select an item"
msgstr "If the selection will always select an item"

#: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:399
msgid "Can unselect"
msgstr "Can unselect"

#: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:400
msgid "If unselecting the selected item is allowed"
msgstr "If unselecting the selected item is allowed"

#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:228 gtk/gtktreeselection.c:134
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Mode"

#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:229
msgid ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"

#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:261
msgid "Child model to take slice from"
msgstr "Child model to take slice from"

#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:272
msgid "Offset"
msgstr "Offset"

#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:273
msgid "Offset of slice"
msgstr "Offset of slice"

#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:285
msgid "Maximum size of slice"
msgstr "Maximum size of slice"

#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:789
msgid "Sort items incrementally"
msgstr "Sort items incrementally"

#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:801
msgid "The model being sorted"
msgstr "The model being sorted"

#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:813
msgid "Estimate of unsorted items remaining"
msgstr "Estimate of unsorted items remaining"

#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:825
msgid "The sorter for this model"
msgstr "The sorter for this model"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:387
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Climb Rate"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:388
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key"
msgstr "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:412
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Snap to Ticks"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:413
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button’s "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button’s "
"nearest step increment"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:424
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numeric"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:425
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:436
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "Wrap"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:437
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:449
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Update Policy"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:450
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:463
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"

#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:229
msgid "Spinning"
msgstr "Spinning"

#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:230
msgid "Whether the spinner is spinning"
msgstr "Whether the spinner is spinning"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:416
msgid "The child of the page"
msgstr "The child of the page"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:428
msgid "The name of the child page"
msgstr "The name of the child page"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:440
msgid "The title of the child page"
msgstr "The title of the child page"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:452
msgid "The icon name of the child page"
msgstr "The icon name of the child page"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:467
msgid "Needs Attention"
msgstr "Needs Attention"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:468
msgid "Whether this page needs attention"
msgstr "Whether this page needs attention"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:480
msgid "Whether this page is visible"
msgstr "Whether this page is visible"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:492
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the title indicates the next character should be "
"used for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"If set, an underline in the title indicates the next character should be "
"used for the mnemonic accelerator key"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:820
msgid "Horizontally homogeneous"
msgstr "Horizontally homogeneous"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:820
msgid "Horizontally homogeneous sizing"
msgstr "Horizontally homogeneous sizing"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:830
msgid "Vertically homogeneous"
msgstr "Vertically homogeneous"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:830
msgid "Vertically homogeneous sizing"
msgstr "Vertically homogeneous sizing"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:840
msgid "Visible child"
msgstr "Visible child"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:840
msgid "The widget currently visible in the stack"
msgstr "The widget currently visible in the stack"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:850
msgid "Name of visible child"
msgstr "Name of visible child"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:850
msgid "The name of the widget currently visible in the stack"
msgstr "The name of the widget currently visible in the stack"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:880
msgid "Transition running"
msgstr "Transition running"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:880
msgid "Whether or not the transition is currently running"
msgstr "Whether or not the transition is currently running"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:890
msgid "Interpolate size"
msgstr "Interpolate size"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:890
msgid ""
"Whether or not the size should smoothly change when changing between "
"differently sized children"
msgstr ""
"Whether or not the size should smoothly change when changing between "
"differently sized children"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:900
msgid "A selection model with the stacks pages"
msgstr "A selection model with the stacks pages"

#: gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c:369 gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c:553
#: gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c:554
msgid "Stack"
msgstr "Stack"

#: gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c:370
msgid "Associated stack for this GtkStackSidebar"
msgstr "Associated stack for this GtkStackSidebar"

#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:268 gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:306
msgid "Ignore case"
msgstr "Ignore case"

#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:269 gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:307
msgid "If matching is case sensitive"
msgstr "If matching is case sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:280
msgid "Match mode"
msgstr "Match mode"

#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:281
msgid "If exact matches are necessary or if substrings are allowed"
msgstr "If exact matches are necessary or if substrings are allowed"

#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:293
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Search"

#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:294
msgid "The search term"
msgstr "The search term"

#: gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:125
msgid "The associated GdkDisplay"
msgstr "The associated GdkDisplay"

#: gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:103
msgid "Property name"
msgstr "Property name"

#: gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:104
msgid "The name of the property"
msgstr "The name of the property"

#: gtk/gtkswitch.c:523
msgid "Whether the switch is on or off"
msgstr "Whether the switch is on or off"

#: gtk/gtkswitch.c:537
msgid "The backend state"
msgstr "The backend state"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:465
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "Tag Table"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:466
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "Text Tag Table"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:483
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "Current text of the buffer"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:494
msgid "Has selection"
msgstr "Has selection"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:495
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
msgstr "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:506
msgid "Can Undo"
msgstr "Can Undo"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:507
msgid "If the buffer can have the last action undone"
msgstr "If the buffer can have the last action undone"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:518
msgid "Can Redo"
msgstr "Can Redo"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:519
msgid "If the buffer can have the last undone action reapplied"
msgstr "If the buffer can have the last undone action reapplied"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:545
msgid "Cursor position"
msgstr "Cursor position"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:546
msgid ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
msgstr ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:760
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores self text"
msgstr "Text buffer object which actually stores self text"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:774
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this self. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Maximum number of characters for this self. Zero if no maximum"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:787
msgid "The character to use when masking self contents (in “password mode”)"
msgstr "The character to use when masking self contents (in “password mode”)"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:811
msgid "Number of pixels of the text scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr "Number of pixels of the text scrolled off the screen to the left"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:861
msgid "Show text in the GtkText when it’s empty and unfocused"
msgstr "Show text in the GtkText when it’s empty and unfocused"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:930
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the GtkText"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the GtkText"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:942
msgid "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the GtkText"
msgstr "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the GtkText"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:977
msgid "Propagate text width"
msgstr "Propagate text width"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:978
msgid "Whether the entry should grow and shrink with the content"
msgstr "Whether the entry should grow and shrink with the content"

#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:138
msgid "Mark name"
msgstr "Mark name"

#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:154
msgid "Left gravity"
msgstr "Left gravity"

#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:155
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgstr "Whether the mark has left gravity"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:221
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "Tag name"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:222
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:249
msgid "Background RGBA"
msgstr "Background RGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:263
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Background full height"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:264
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:289
msgid "Foreground RGBA"
msgstr "Foreground RGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:302
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Text direction"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:303
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:372
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:386
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:399
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:414
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:428
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Font size in Pango units"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:446
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:476 gtk/gtktextview.c:928
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Left, right, or center justification"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:496
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:508
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Left margin"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:509 gtk/gtktextview.c:948
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "Width of the left margin in pixels"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:523
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Right margin"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:524 gtk/gtktextview.c:967
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "Width of the right margin in pixels"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:538 gtk/gtktextview.c:1017
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "Indent"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:539 gtk/gtktextview.c:1018
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:556
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"
msgstr ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:570
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Pixels above lines"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:571 gtk/gtktextview.c:862
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:585
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Pixels below lines"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:586 gtk/gtktextview.c:875
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:600
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "Pixels inside wrap"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:601 gtk/gtktextview.c:888
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:617
msgid "Line height factor"
msgstr "Line height factor"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:618
msgid "The factor to apply to line height"
msgstr "The factor to apply to line height"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:663
msgid "Underline RGBA"
msgstr "Underline RGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:664
msgid "Color of underline for this text"
msgstr "Color of underline for this text"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:676
msgid "Overline"
msgstr "Overline"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:677
msgid "Style of overline for this text"
msgstr "Style of overline for this text"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:692
msgid "Overline RGBA"
msgstr "Overline RGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:693
msgid "Color of overline for this text"
msgstr "Color of overline for this text"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:707
msgid "Strikethrough RGBA"
msgstr "Strikethrough RGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:708
msgid "Color of strikethrough for this text"
msgstr "Color of strikethrough for this text"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:722 gtk/gtktextview.c:914
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:736 gtk/gtktextview.c:1031
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr "Custom tabs for this text"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:752
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Invisible"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:753
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
msgstr "Whether this text is hidden."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:765
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
msgstr "Paragraph background color name"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:766
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
msgstr "Paragraph background color as a string"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:778
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA"
msgstr "Paragraph background RGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:779
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Paragraph background RGBA as a GdkRGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:795
msgid "Whether font fallback is enabled."
msgstr "Whether font fallback is enabled."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:807
msgid "Letter Spacing"
msgstr "Letter Spacing"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:808
msgid "Extra spacing between graphemes"
msgstr "Extra spacing between graphemes"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:820
msgid "Font Features"
msgstr "Font Features"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:821
msgid "OpenType Font Features to use"
msgstr "OpenType Font Features to use"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:833
msgid "Allow Breaks"
msgstr "Allow Breaks"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:834
msgid "Whether breaks are allowed."
msgstr "Whether breaks are allowed."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:846
msgid "Show spaces"
msgstr "Show spaces"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:847
msgid "How to render invisible characters."
msgstr "How to render invisible characters."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:860
msgid "Insert hyphens"
msgstr "Insert hyphens"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:861
msgid "Whether to insert hyphens at breaks."
msgstr "Whether to insert hyphens at breaks."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:875
msgid "Text Transform"
msgstr "Text Transform"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:876
msgid "Whether to transform text for display."
msgstr "Whether to transform text for display."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:893
msgid "Word"
msgstr "Word"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:894
msgid "Whether this is a word."
msgstr "Whether this is a word."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:910
msgid "Sentence"
msgstr "Sentence"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:911
msgid "Whether this is a sentence."
msgstr "Whether this is a sentence."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:927
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
msgstr "Margin Accumulates"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:928
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
msgstr "Whether left and right margins accumulate."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:941
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Background full height set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:942
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects background height"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:981
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Justification set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:982
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:989
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Left margin set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:990
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the left margin"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:993
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Indent set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:994
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects indentation"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1001
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Pixels above lines set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1002 gtk/gtktexttag.c:1006
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1005
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Pixels below lines set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1009
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "Pixels inside wrap set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1010
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1013
msgid "Line height set"
msgstr "Line height set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1014
msgid "Whether this tag affects the height of lines"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the height of lines"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1021
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Right margin set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1022
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the right margin"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1034
msgid "Underline RGBA set"
msgstr "Underline RGBA set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1035
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects underlining color"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1038
msgid "Overline set"
msgstr "Overline set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1039
msgid "Whether this tag affects overlining"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects overlining"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1042
msgid "Overline RGBA set"
msgstr "Overline RGBA set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1043
msgid "Whether this tag affects overlining color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects overlining color"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1051
msgid "Strikethrough RGBA set"
msgstr "Strikethrough RGBA set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1052
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects strikethrough color"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1055
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "Wrap mode set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1056
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1059
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr "Tabs set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1060
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects tabs"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1063
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Invisible set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1064
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects text visibility"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1067
msgid "Paragraph background set"
msgstr "Paragraph background set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1068
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1071
msgid "Fallback set"
msgstr "Fallback set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1072
msgid "Whether this tag affects font fallback"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects font fallback"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1075
msgid "Letter spacing set"
msgstr "Letter spacing set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1076
msgid "Whether this tag affects letter spacing"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects letter spacing"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1079
msgid "Font features set"
msgstr "Font features set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1080
msgid "Whether this tag affects font features"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects font features"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1083
msgid "Allow breaks set"
msgstr "Allow breaks set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1084
msgid "Whether this tag affects line breaks"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects line breaks"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1087
msgid "Show spaces set"
msgstr "Show spaces set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1088
msgid "Whether this tag affects rendering of invisible characters"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects rendering of invisible characters"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1091
msgid "Insert hyphens set"
msgstr "Insert hyphens set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1092
msgid "Whether this tag affects insertion of hyphens"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects insertion of hyphens"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1095
msgid "Text transform set"
msgstr "Text transform set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1096
msgid "Whether this tag affects text transformation"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects text transformation"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1099
msgid "Word set"
msgstr "Word set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1100
msgid "Whether this tag represents a single word"
msgstr "Whether this tag represents a single word"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1103
msgid "Sentence set"
msgstr "Sentence set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:1104
msgid "Whether this tag represents a single sentence"
msgstr "Whether this tag represents a single sentence"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:861
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Pixels Above Lines"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:874
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Pixels Below Lines"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:887
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "Pixels Inside Wrap"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:913
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "Wrap Mode"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:947
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Left Margin"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:966
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Right Margin"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:985
msgid "Top Margin"
msgstr "Top Margin"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:986
msgid "Height of the top margin in pixels"
msgstr "Height of the top margin in pixels"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1004
msgid "Bottom Margin"
msgstr "Bottom Margin"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1005
msgid "Height of the bottom margin in pixels"
msgstr "Height of the bottom margin in pixels"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1043
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Cursor Visible"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1044
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "If the insertion cursor is shown"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1056
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr "Buffer"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1057
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr "The buffer which is displayed"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1070
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1082
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr "Accepts tab"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1083
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1150
msgid "Monospace"
msgstr "Monospace"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1151
msgid "Whether to use a monospace font"
msgstr "Whether to use a monospace font"

#: gtk/gtktextviewchild.c:386
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Window Type"

#: gtk/gtktextviewchild.c:387
msgid "The GtkTextWindowType"
msgstr "The GtkTextWindowType"

#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:297
msgid "The toggle button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "The toggle button whose group this widget belongs to."

#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:533
msgid "The child widget with the actual contents"
msgstr "The child widget with the actual contents"

#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:545
msgid "The item held by this expander's row"
msgstr "The item held by this expander's row"

#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:556
msgid "List row"
msgstr "List row"

#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:557
msgid "The list row to track for expander state"
msgstr "The list row to track for expander state"

#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:570
msgid "Indent without expander"
msgstr "Indent without expander"

#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:571
msgid ""
"If the TreeExpander should indent the child if no expander-icon is shown"
msgstr ""
"If the TreeExpander should indent the child if no expander-icon is shown"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:690
msgid "autoexpand"
msgstr "autoexpand"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:691
msgid "If all rows should be expanded by default"
msgstr "If all rows should be expanded by default"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:703
msgid "The root model displayed"
msgstr "The root model displayed"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:718
msgid "passthrough"
msgstr "passthrough"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:719
msgid "If child model values are passed through"
msgstr "If child model values are passed through"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1059
msgid "Children"
msgstr "Children"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1060
msgid "Model holding the row’s children"
msgstr "Model holding the row’s children"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1071
msgid "Depth"
msgstr "Depth"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1072
msgid "Depth in the tree"
msgstr "Depth in the tree"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1083
msgid "Expandable"
msgstr "Expandable"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1084
msgid "If this row can ever be expanded"
msgstr "If this row can ever be expanded"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1096
msgid "If this row is currently expanded"
msgstr "If this row is currently expanded"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1108
msgid "The item held in this row"
msgstr "The item held in this row"

#: gtk/gtktreelistrowsorter.c:545
msgid "The underlying sorter"
msgstr "The underlying sorter"

#: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:531
msgid "The child model"
msgstr "The child model"

#: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:532
msgid "The model for the filtermodel to filter"
msgstr "The model for the filtermodel to filter"

#: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:539
msgid "The virtual root"
msgstr "The virtual root"

#: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:540
msgid "The virtual root (relative to the child model) for this filtermodel"
msgstr "The virtual root (relative to the child model) for this filtermodel"

#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:483
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "TreeModelSort Model"

#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:484
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"

#: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:206
msgid "model"
msgstr "model"

#: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:207
msgid "The model for the popover"
msgstr "The model for the popover"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:996
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "TreeView Model"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:997
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "The model for the tree view"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1003
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "Headers Visible"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1004
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Show the column header buttons"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1010
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "Headers Clickable"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1011
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "Column headers respond to click events"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1017
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Expander Column"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1018
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Set the column for the expander column"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1031
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Enable Search"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1032
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr "View allows user to search through columns interactively"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1038
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Search Column"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1039
msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search"
msgstr "Model column to search through during interactive search"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1055
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "Fixed Height Mode"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1056
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1073
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr "Hover Selection"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1074
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1090
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "Hover Expand"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1091
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
msgstr ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1102
msgid "Show Expanders"
msgstr "Show Expanders"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1103
msgid "View has expanders"
msgstr "View has expanders"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1114
msgid "Level Indentation"
msgstr "Level Indentation"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1115
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
msgstr "Extra indentation for each level"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1122
msgid "Rubber Banding"
msgstr "Rubber Banding"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1123
msgid ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
msgstr ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1129
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
msgstr "Enable Grid Lines"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1130
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1137
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
msgstr "Enable Tree Lines"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1138
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1145
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
msgstr "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:277
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Whether to display the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:284
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "Column is user-resizable"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:290
msgid "X position"
msgstr "X position"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:291
msgid "Current X position of the column"
msgstr "Current X position of the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:299
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Current width of the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:314
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Sizing"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:315
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Resize mode of the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:322
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Fixed Width"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:323
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Current fixed width of the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:331
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Minimum allowed width of the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:338
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Maximum Width"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:339
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Maximum allowed width of the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:347
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Title to appear in column header"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:354
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:360
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Clickable"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:361
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Whether the header can be clicked"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:368
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:375
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:382
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:388
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Sort indicator"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:389
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Whether to show a sort indicator"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:396
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:409
msgid "Sort column ID"
msgstr "Sort column ID"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:410
msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
msgstr "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"

#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:318
msgid "Autoplay"
msgstr "Autoplay"

#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:319
msgid "If playback should begin automatically"
msgstr "If playback should begin automatically"

#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:331
msgid "The video file played back"
msgstr "The video file played back"

#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:343
msgid "If new media streams should be set to loop"
msgstr "If new media streams should be set to loop"

#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:355
msgid "The media stream played"
msgstr "The media stream played"

#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:319
msgid "Scroll to focus"
msgstr "Scroll to focus"

#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:320
msgid "Whether to scroll when the focus changes"
msgstr "Whether to scroll when the focus changes"

#: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:173
msgid "Use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Use symbolic icons"

#: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:174
msgid "Whether to use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Whether to use symbolic icons"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1190
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "Widget name"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1191
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "The name of the widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1202
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "Parent widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1203
msgid "The parent widget of this widget."
msgstr "The parent widget of this widget."

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1216
msgid "Root widget"
msgstr "Root widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1217
msgid "The root widget in the widget tree."
msgstr "The root widget in the widget tree."

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1230
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Width request"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1231
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1245
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Height request"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1246
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1259
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr "Whether the widget is visible"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1271
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "Whether the widget responds to input"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1286
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Can focus"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1287 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1299
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1298
msgid "Focusable"
msgstr "Focusable"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1310
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "Has focus"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1311
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "Whether the widget has the input focus"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1322
msgid "Can target"
msgstr "Can target"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1323
msgid "Whether the widget can receive pointer events"
msgstr "Whether the widget can receive pointer events"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1336
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Focus on click"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1337
msgid "Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1348
msgid "Has default"
msgstr "Has default"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1349
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
msgstr "Whether the widget is the default widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1360
msgid "Receives default"
msgstr "Receives default"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1361
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
msgstr "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1373
msgid "The cursor to show when hovering above widget"
msgstr "The cursor to show when hovering above widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1388
msgid "Has tooltip"
msgstr "Has tooltip"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1389
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
msgstr "Whether this widget has a tooltip"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1411
msgid "Tooltip Text"
msgstr "Tooltip Text"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1412 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1436
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1435
msgid "Tooltip markup"
msgstr "Tooltip markup"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1448
msgid "How to position in extra horizontal space"
msgstr "How to position in extra horizontal space"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1461
msgid "How to position in extra vertical space"
msgstr "How to position in extra vertical space"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1480
msgid "Margin on Start"
msgstr "Margin on Start"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1481
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the start"
msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the start"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1500
msgid "Margin on End"
msgstr "Margin on End"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1501
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the end"
msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the end"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1517
msgid "Margin on Top"
msgstr "Margin on Top"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1518
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the top side"
msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the top side"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1534
msgid "Margin on Bottom"
msgstr "Margin on Bottom"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1535
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"
msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1547
msgid "Horizontal Expand"
msgstr "Horizontal Expand"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1548
msgid "Whether widget wants more horizontal space"
msgstr "Whether widget wants more horizontal space"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1559
msgid "Horizontal Expand Set"
msgstr "Horizontal Expand Set"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1560
msgid "Whether to use the hexpand property"
msgstr "Whether to use the hexpand property"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1571
msgid "Vertical Expand"
msgstr "Vertical Expand"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1572
msgid "Whether widget wants more vertical space"
msgstr "Whether widget wants more vertical space"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1583
msgid "Vertical Expand Set"
msgstr "Vertical Expand Set"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1584
msgid "Whether to use the vexpand property"
msgstr "Whether to use the vexpand property"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1595
msgid "Opacity for Widget"
msgstr "Opacity for Widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1596
msgid "The opacity of the widget, from 0 to 1"
msgstr "The opacity of the widget, from 0 to 1"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1611
msgid "Overflow"
msgstr "Overflow"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1612
msgid "How content outside the widget’s content area is treated"
msgstr "How content outside the widget’s content area is treated"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1625
msgid "The scaling factor of the window"
msgstr "The scaling factor of the window"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1640
msgid "CSS Name"
msgstr "CSS Name"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1641
msgid "The name of this widget in the CSS tree"
msgstr "The name of this widget in the CSS tree"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1652
msgid "CSS Style Classes"
msgstr "CSS Style Classes"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1653
msgid "List of CSS classes"
msgstr "List of CSS classes"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1668
msgid "Layout Manager"
msgstr "Layout Manager"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1669
msgid "The layout manager used to layout children of the widget"
msgstr "The layout manager used to layout children of the widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidgetpaintable.c:248
msgid "Observed widget"
msgstr "Observed widget"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:777
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Window Title"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:778
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "The title of the window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:789
msgid "Startup ID"
msgstr "Startup ID"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:790
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
msgstr "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:802
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "If TRUE, users can resize the window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:814
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:825
msgid "Default Width"
msgstr "Default Width"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:826
msgid "The default width of the window"
msgstr "The default width of the window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:838
msgid "Default Height"
msgstr "Default Height"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:839
msgid "The default height of the window"
msgstr "The default height of the window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:851
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Destroy with Parent"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:852
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:863
msgid "Hide on close"
msgstr "Hide on close"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:864
msgid "If this window should be hidden when the user clicks the close button"
msgstr "If this window should be hidden when the user clicks the close button"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:878
msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
msgstr "Mnemonics Visible"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:879
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
msgstr "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:893
msgid "Focus Visible"
msgstr "Focus Visible"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:894
msgid "Whether focus rectangles are currently visible in this window"
msgstr "Whether focus rectangles are currently visible in this window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:908
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "Name of the themed icon for this window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:920
msgid "The display that will display this window"
msgstr "The display that will display this window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:931
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Is Active"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:932
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:943
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Decorated"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:944
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:955
msgid "Deletable"
msgstr "Deletable"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:956
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
msgstr "Whether the window frame should have a close button"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:985
msgid "Is Maximized"
msgstr "Is Maximized"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:986
msgid "Whether the window is maximized"
msgstr "Whether the window is maximized"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1003
msgid "Is fullscreen"
msgstr "Is fullscreen"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1004
msgid "Whether the window is fullscreen"
msgstr "Whether the window is fullscreen"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1023
msgid "GtkApplication"
msgstr "GtkApplication"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1024
msgid "The GtkApplication for the window"
msgstr "The GtkApplication for the window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1047
msgid "Focus widget"
msgstr "Focus widget"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1048
msgid "The focus widget"
msgstr "The focus widget"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1073
msgid "Titlebar"
msgstr "Titlebar"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1074
msgid "The titlebar widget"
msgstr "The titlebar widget"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1088
msgid "Handle Menubar accels"
msgstr "Handle Menubar accels"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1089
msgid "Whether the window should handle F10"
msgstr "Whether the window should handle F10"

#: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:519
msgid "Side"
msgstr "Side"

#: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:520
msgid "Whether the widget shows start or end portion of the decoration layout"
msgstr "Whether the widget shows start or end portion of the decoration layout"

#: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:547
msgid "Empty"
msgstr "Empty"

#: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:548
msgid "Whether the widget has any window buttons"
msgstr "Whether the widget has any window buttons"

#: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:687
msgid "paintable"
msgstr "paintable"

#: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:688
msgid "Paintable providing the picture"
msgstr "Paintable providing the picture"

#: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:699
msgid "GL context"
msgstr "GL context"

#: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:700
msgid "GL context to use for rendering"
msgstr "GL context to use for rendering"

#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercups.c:93
msgid "Color Profile Title"
msgstr "Color Profile Title"

#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercups.c:94
msgid "The title of the color profile to use"
msgstr "The title of the color profile to use"

#~ msgid "gl-context"
#~ msgstr "gl-context"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
#~ "currently selected day)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
#~ "currently selected day)"

#~ msgid "Cloud Print account"
#~ msgstr "Cloud Print account"

#~ msgid "GtkCloudprintAccount instance"
#~ msgstr "GtkCloudprintAccount instance"

#~ msgid "Printer ID"
#~ msgstr "Printer ID"

#~ msgid "Cloud Print printer ID"
#~ msgstr "Cloud Print printer ID"

#~| msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
#~ msgid "Number of pixels of the self scrolled off the screen to the left"
#~ msgstr "Number of pixels of the self scrolled off the screen to the left"

#~| msgid "Show text in the entry when it's empty and unfocused"
#~ msgid "Show text in the self when it’s empty and unfocused"
#~ msgstr "Show text in the self when it’s empty and unfocused"

#~| msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
#~ msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the self"
#~ msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the self"

#~| msgid "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the entry"
#~ msgid "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the self"
#~ msgstr "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the self"

#~ msgid "Cursor type"
#~ msgstr "Cursor type"

#~ msgid "Standard cursor type"
#~ msgstr "Standard cursor type"

#~ msgid "Device manager"
#~ msgstr "Device manager"

#~ msgid "Device manager which the device belongs to"
#~ msgstr "Device manager which the device belongs to"

#~ msgid "Device type"
#~ msgstr "Device type"

#~ msgid "Device role in the device manager"
#~ msgstr "Device role in the device manager"

#~ msgid "Associated device"
#~ msgstr "Associated device"

#~ msgid "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device"
#~ msgstr "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device"

#~ msgid "Input mode for the device"
#~ msgstr "Input mode for the device"

#~ msgid "Axes"
#~ msgstr "Axes"

#~ msgid "Display for the device manager"
#~ msgstr "Display for the device manager"

#~ msgid "Window"
#~ msgstr "Window"

#~ msgid "Font options"
#~ msgstr "Font options"

#~ msgid "The default font options for the screen"
#~ msgstr "The default font options for the screen"

#~ msgid "Font resolution"
#~ msgstr "Font resolution"

#~ msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
#~ msgstr "The resolution for fonts on the screen"

#~ msgid "Cell renderer"
#~ msgstr "Cell renderer"

#~ msgid "The cell renderer represented by this accessible"
#~ msgstr "The cell renderer represented by this accessible"

#~ msgid "A unique name for the action."
#~ msgstr "A unique name for the action."

#~ msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."

#~ msgid "Short label"
#~ msgstr "Short label"

#~ msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
#~ msgstr "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."

#~ msgid "Tooltip"
#~ msgstr "Tooltip"

#~ msgid "A tooltip for this action."
#~ msgstr "A tooltip for this action."

#~ msgid "Stock Icon"
#~ msgstr "Stock Icon"

#~ msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
#~ msgstr "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."

#~ msgid "GIcon"
#~ msgstr "GIcon"

#~ msgid "Visible when horizontal"
#~ msgstr "Visible when horizontal"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
#~ "orientation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
#~ "orientation."

#~ msgid "Visible when overflown"
#~ msgstr "Visible when overflown"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the "
#~ "toolbar overflow menu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the "
#~ "toolbar overflow menu."

#~ msgid "Visible when vertical"
#~ msgstr "Visible when vertical"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
#~ "orientation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
#~ "orientation."

#~ msgid "Is important"
#~ msgstr "Is important"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies "
#~ "for this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies "
#~ "for this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."

#~ msgid "Hide if empty"
#~ msgstr "Hide if empty"

#~ msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
#~ msgstr "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."

#~ msgid "Action Group"
#~ msgstr "Action Group"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for "
#~ "internal use)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for "
#~ "internal use)."

#~ msgid "Always show image"
#~ msgstr "Always show image"

#~ msgid "Whether the image will always be shown"
#~ msgstr "Whether the image will always be shown"

#~ msgid "A name for the action group."
#~ msgstr "A name for the action group."

#~ msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
#~ msgstr "Whether the action group is enabled."

#~ msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
#~ msgstr "Whether the action group is visible."

#~ msgid "Accelerator Group"
#~ msgstr "Accelerator Group"

#~ msgid "The accelerator group the actions of this group should use."
#~ msgstr "The accelerator group the actions of this group should use."

#~ msgid "Related Action"
#~ msgstr "Related Action"

#~ msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
#~ msgstr "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"

#~ msgid "Use Action Appearance"
#~ msgstr "Use Action Appearance"

#~ msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
#~ msgstr "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"

#~ msgid "Horizontal alignment"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal alignment"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 "
#~ "is right aligned"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 "
#~ "is right aligned"

#~ msgid "Vertical alignment"
#~ msgstr "Vertical alignment"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
#~ "bottom aligned"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
#~ "bottom aligned"

#~ msgid "Horizontal scale"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal scale"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how "
#~ "much of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how "
#~ "much of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"

#~ msgid "Vertical scale"
#~ msgstr "Vertical scale"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
#~ "of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
#~ "of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"

#~ msgid "Top Padding"
#~ msgstr "Top Padding"

#~ msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
#~ msgstr "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."

#~ msgid "Bottom Padding"
#~ msgstr "Bottom Padding"

#~ msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
#~ msgstr "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."

#~ msgid "Left Padding"
#~ msgstr "Left Padding"

#~ msgid "Right Padding"
#~ msgstr "Right Padding"

#~ msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
#~ msgstr "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."

#~ msgid "Arrow direction"
#~ msgstr "Arrow direction"

#~ msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
#~ msgstr "The direction the arrow should point"

#~ msgid "Arrow shadow"
#~ msgstr "Arrow shadow"

#~ msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
#~ msgstr "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"

#~ msgid "Arrow Scaling"
#~ msgstr "Arrow Scaling"

#~ msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
#~ msgstr "Amount of space used up by arrow"

#~ msgid "Has Opacity Control"
#~ msgstr "Has Opacity Control"

#~ msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
#~ msgstr "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"

#~ msgid "Has palette"
#~ msgstr "Has palette"

#~ msgid "The current color"
#~ msgstr "The current color"

#~ msgid "Current Alpha"
#~ msgstr "Current Alpha"

#~ msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
#~ msgstr "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"

#~ msgid "Current RGBA"
#~ msgstr "Current RGBA"

#~ msgid "The current RGBA color"
#~ msgstr "The current RGBA color"

#~ msgid "Color Selection"
#~ msgstr "Color Selection"

#~ msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
#~ msgstr "The color selection embedded in the dialog."

#~ msgid "OK Button"
#~ msgstr "OK Button"

#~ msgid "The OK button of the dialog."
#~ msgstr "The OK button of the dialog."

#~ msgid "Cancel Button"
#~ msgstr "Cancel Button"

#~ msgid "The cancel button of the dialog."
#~ msgstr "The cancel button of the dialog."

#~ msgid "Help Button"
#~ msgstr "Help Button"

#~ msgid "The help button of the dialog."
#~ msgstr "The help button of the dialog."

#~ msgid "Font name"
#~ msgstr "Font name"

#~ msgid "The string that represents this font"
#~ msgstr "The string that represents this font"

#~ msgid "Shadow type"
#~ msgstr "Shadow type"

#~ msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
#~ msgstr "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"

#~ msgid "Handle position"
#~ msgstr "Handle position"

#~ msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
#~ msgstr "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"

#~ msgid "Snap edge"
#~ msgstr "Snap edge"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
#~ "handlebox"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
#~ "handlebox"

#~ msgid "Snap edge set"
#~ msgstr "Snap edge set"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived "
#~ "from handle_position"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived "
#~ "from handle_position"

#~ msgid "Child Detached"
#~ msgstr "Child Detached"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
#~ "detached."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
#~ "detached."

#~ msgid "Image widget"
#~ msgstr "Image widget"

#~ msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
#~ msgstr "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"

#~ msgid "Use stock"
#~ msgstr "Use stock"

#~ msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
#~ msgstr "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"

#~ msgid "Accel Group"
#~ msgstr "Accel Group"

#~ msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
#~ msgstr "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"

#~ msgid "X pad"
#~ msgstr "X pad"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"

#~ msgid "Y pad"
#~ msgstr "Y pad"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"

#~ msgid "Icon's count"
#~ msgstr "Icon's count"

#~ msgid "The count of the emblem currently displayed"
#~ msgstr "The count of the emblem currently displayed"

#~ msgid "Icon's label"
#~ msgstr "Icon's label"

#~ msgid "The label to be displayed over the icon"
#~ msgstr "The label to be displayed over the icon"

#~ msgid "Icon's style context"
#~ msgstr "Icon's style context"

#~ msgid "The style context to theme the icon appearance"
#~ msgstr "The style context to theme the icon appearance"

#~ msgid "Background icon"
#~ msgstr "Background icon"

#~ msgid "The icon for the number emblem background"
#~ msgstr "The icon for the number emblem background"

#~ msgid "Background icon name"
#~ msgstr "Background icon name"

#~ msgid "The icon name for the number emblem background"
#~ msgstr "The icon name for the number emblem background"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this "
#~ "action is the current action of its group."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this "
#~ "action is the current action of its group."

#~ msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
#~ msgstr "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The value property of the currently active member of the group to which "
#~ "this action belongs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The value property of the currently active member of the group to which "
#~ "this action belongs."

#~ msgid "Show Numbers"
#~ msgstr "Show Numbers"

#~ msgid "Pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Pixbuf"

#~ msgid "Stock ID"
#~ msgstr "Stock ID"

#~ msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
#~ msgstr "Stock ID for a stock image to display"

#~ msgid "Screen"
#~ msgstr "Screen"

#~ msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
#~ msgstr "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"

#~ msgid "Embedded"
#~ msgstr "Embedded"

#~ msgid "Whether the status icon is embedded"
#~ msgstr "Whether the status icon is embedded"

#~ msgid "The orientation of the tray"
#~ msgstr "The orientation of the tray"

#~ msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
#~ msgstr "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"

#~ msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
#~ msgstr "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"

#~ msgid "Style context"
#~ msgstr "Style context"

#~ msgid "GtkStyleContext to get style from"
#~ msgstr "GtkStyleContext to get style from"

#~ msgid "The number of rows in the table"
#~ msgstr "The number of rows in the table"

#~ msgid "The number of columns in the table"
#~ msgstr "The number of columns in the table"

#~ msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"

#~ msgid "Left attachment"
#~ msgstr "Left attachment"

#~ msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
#~ msgstr "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"

#~ msgid "Right attachment"
#~ msgstr "Right attachment"

#~ msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
#~ msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"

#~ msgid "Top attachment"
#~ msgstr "Top attachment"

#~ msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
#~ msgstr "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"

#~ msgid "Bottom attachment"
#~ msgstr "Bottom attachment"

#~ msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
#~ msgstr "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"

#~ msgid "Horizontal options"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal options"

#~ msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
#~ msgstr "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"

#~ msgid "Vertical options"
#~ msgstr "Vertical options"

#~ msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
#~ msgstr "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"

#~ msgid "Horizontal padding"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal padding"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
#~ "pixels"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
#~ "pixels"

#~ msgid "Vertical padding"
#~ msgstr "Vertical padding"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, "
#~ "in pixels"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, "
#~ "in pixels"

#~ msgid "Theming engine name"
#~ msgstr "Theming engine name"

#~ msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
#~ msgstr "Create the same proxies as a radio action"

#~ msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
#~ msgstr "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"

#~ msgid "Whether the toggle action should be active"
#~ msgstr "Whether the toggle action should be active"

#~ msgid "Foreground color"
#~ msgstr "Foreground color"

#~ msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons"
#~ msgstr "Foreground color for symbolic icons"

#~ msgid "Error color"
#~ msgstr "Error color"

#~ msgid "Error color for symbolic icons"
#~ msgstr "Error color for symbolic icons"

#~ msgid "Warning color"
#~ msgstr "Warning color"

#~ msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons"
#~ msgstr "Warning color for symbolic icons"

#~ msgid "Success color"
#~ msgstr "Success color"

#~ msgid "Success color for symbolic icons"
#~ msgstr "Success color for symbolic icons"

#~ msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
#~ msgstr "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"

#~ msgid "The pixel size that icons should be forced to, or zero"
#~ msgstr "The pixel size that icons should be forced to, or zero"

#~ msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
#~ msgstr "Add tearoffs to menus"

#~ msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
#~ msgstr "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"

#~ msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
#~ msgstr "An XML string describing the merged UI"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
#~ "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
#~ "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"

#~ msgid "Accelerator Closure"
#~ msgstr "Accelerator Closure"

#~ msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
#~ msgstr "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"

#~ msgid "The widget referenced by this accessible."
#~ msgstr "The widget referenced by this accessible."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to "
#~ "the start or end of the parent"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to "
#~ "the start or end of the parent"

#~ msgid "Application menu"
#~ msgstr "Application menu"

#~ msgid "The GMenuModel for the application menu"
#~ msgstr "The GMenuModel for the application menu"

#~ msgid "Header Padding"
#~ msgstr "Header Padding"

#~ msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
#~ msgstr "Number of pixels around the header."

#~ msgid "Content Padding"
#~ msgstr "Content Padding"

#~ msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
#~ msgstr "Number of pixels around the content pages."

#~ msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
#~ msgstr "Header image for the assistant page"

#~ msgid "Sidebar image"
#~ msgstr "Sidebar image"

#~ msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
#~ msgstr "Sidebar image for the assistant page"

#~ msgid "Whether the assistant adds padding around the page"
#~ msgstr "Whether the assistant adds padding around the page"

#~ msgid "Minimum child width"
#~ msgstr "Minimum child width"

#~ msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
#~ msgstr "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"

#~ msgid "Minimum child height"
#~ msgstr "Minimum child height"

#~ msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
#~ msgstr "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"

#~ msgid "Child internal width padding"
#~ msgstr "Child internal width padding"

#~ msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
#~ msgstr "Amount to increase child's size on either side"

#~ msgid "Child internal height padding"
#~ msgstr "Child internal height padding"

#~ msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
#~ msgstr "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"

#~ msgid "Layout style"
#~ msgstr "Layout style"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, "
#~ "start and end"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, "
#~ "start and end"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable "
#~ "for, e.g., help buttons"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable "
#~ "for, e.g., help buttons"

#~ msgid "Non-Homogeneous"
#~ msgstr "Non-Homogeneous"

#~ msgid "If TRUE, the child will not be subject to homogeneous sizing"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, the child will not be subject to homogeneous sizing"

#~ msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
#~ msgstr "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"

#~ msgid "Fill"
#~ msgstr "Fill"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child "
#~ "or used as padding"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child "
#~ "or used as padding"

#~ msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
#~ msgstr "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"

#~ msgid "Border relief"
#~ msgstr "Border relief"

#~ msgid "The border relief style"
#~ msgstr "The border relief style"

#~ msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal alignment for child"

#~ msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
#~ msgstr "Vertical alignment for child"

#~ msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
#~ msgstr "Child widget to appear next to the button text"

#~ msgid "Image position"
#~ msgstr "Image position"

#~ msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
#~ msgstr "The position of the image relative to the text"

#~ msgid "Default Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Default Spacing"

#~ msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
#~ msgstr "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"

#~ msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Default Outside Spacing"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn "
#~ "outside the border"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn "
#~ "outside the border"

#~ msgid "Child X Displacement"
#~ msgstr "Child X Displacement"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"

#~ msgid "Child Y Displacement"
#~ msgstr "Child Y Displacement"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"

#~ msgid "Displace focus"
#~ msgstr "Displace focus"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the "
#~ "focus rectangle"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the "
#~ "focus rectangle"

#~ msgid "Inner Border"
#~ msgstr "Inner Border"

#~ msgid "Border between button edges and child."
#~ msgstr "Border between button edges and child."

#~ msgid "Image spacing"
#~ msgstr "Image spacing"

#~ msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
#~ msgstr "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"

#~ msgid "No Month Change"
#~ msgstr "No Month Change"

#~ msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"

#~ msgid "Details Width"
#~ msgstr "Details Width"

#~ msgid "Details width in characters"
#~ msgstr "Details width in characters"

#~ msgid "Details Height"
#~ msgstr "Details Height"

#~ msgid "Details height in rows"
#~ msgstr "Details height in rows"

#~ msgid "Show Details"
#~ msgstr "Show Details"

#~ msgid "If TRUE, details are shown"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, details are shown"

#~ msgid "Inner border"
#~ msgstr "Inner border"

#~ msgid "Inner border space"
#~ msgstr "Inner border space"

#~ msgid "Vertical separation"
#~ msgstr "Vertical separation"

#~ msgid "Space between day headers and main area"
#~ msgstr "Space between day headers and main area"

#~ msgid "Horizontal separation"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal separation"

#~ msgid "Space between week headers and main area"
#~ msgstr "Space between week headers and main area"

#~ msgid "Cell background color"
#~ msgstr "Cell background color"

#~ msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Cell background color as a GdkColor"

#~ msgid "surface"
#~ msgstr "surface"

#~ msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
#~ msgstr "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"

#~ msgid "Detail"
#~ msgstr "Detail"

#~ msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
#~ msgstr "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"

#~ msgid "Follow State"
#~ msgstr "Follow State"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"

#~ msgid "Background color"
#~ msgstr "Background color"

#~ msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Background color as a GdkColor"

#~ msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Foreground color as a GdkColor"

#~ msgid "Indicator size"
#~ msgstr "Indicator size"

#~ msgid "Background RGBA color"
#~ msgstr "Background RGBA color"

#~ msgid "Indicator Size"
#~ msgstr "Indicator Size"

#~ msgid "Indicator Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Indicator Spacing"

#~ msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
#~ msgstr "Spacing around check or radio indicator"

#~ msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
#~ msgstr "Whether the menu item is checked"

#~ msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
#~ msgstr "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"

#~ msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
#~ msgstr "Draw as radio menu item"

#~ msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
#~ msgstr "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"

#~ msgid "Whether to give the color an alpha value"
#~ msgstr "Whether to give the color an alpha value"

#~ msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"

#~ msgid "Current RGBA Color"
#~ msgstr "Current RGBA Color"

#~ msgid "The selected RGBA color"
#~ msgstr "The selected RGBA color"

#~ msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
#~ msgstr "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"

#~ msgid "Row span column"
#~ msgstr "Row span column"

#~ msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
#~ msgstr "TreeModel column containing the row span values"

#~ msgid "Column span column"
#~ msgstr "Column span column"

#~ msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
#~ msgstr "TreeModel column containing the column span values"

#~ msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
#~ msgstr "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"

#~ msgid "Tearoff Title"
#~ msgstr "Tearoff Title"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is "
#~ "torn-off"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is "
#~ "torn-off"

#~ msgid "Appears as list"
#~ msgstr "Appears as list"

#~ msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
#~ msgstr "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"

#~ msgid "Arrow Size"
#~ msgstr "Arrow Size"

#~ msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
#~ msgstr "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"

#~ msgid "The amount of space used by the arrow"
#~ msgstr "The amount of space used by the arrow"

#~ msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
#~ msgstr "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"

#~ msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
#~ msgstr "Specify how resize events are handled"

#~ msgid "Border width"
#~ msgstr "Border width"

#~ msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
#~ msgstr "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"

#~ msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
#~ msgstr "Can be used to add a new child to the container"

#~ msgid "Widget type"
#~ msgstr "Widget type"

#~ msgid "GType of the widget"
#~ msgstr "GType of the widget"

#~ msgid "Content area border"
#~ msgstr "Content area border"

#~ msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the main dialog area"

#~ msgid "Content area spacing"
#~ msgstr "Content area spacing"

#~ msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"

#~ msgid "Button spacing"
#~ msgstr "Button spacing"

#~ msgid "Action area border"
#~ msgstr "Action area border"

#~ msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"

#~ msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
#~ msgstr "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"

#~ msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
#~ msgstr "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"

#~ msgid "Primary pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Primary pixbuf"

#~ msgid "Secondary pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Secondary pixbuf"

#~ msgid "Primary stock ID"
#~ msgstr "Primary stock ID"

#~ msgid "Stock ID for primary icon"
#~ msgstr "Stock ID for primary icon"

#~ msgid "Secondary stock ID"
#~ msgstr "Secondary stock ID"

#~ msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon"
#~ msgstr "Stock ID for secondary icon"

#~ msgid "Populate all"
#~ msgstr "Populate all"

#~ msgid "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for touch popups"
#~ msgstr "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for touch popups"

#~ msgid "Icon Prelight"
#~ msgstr "Icon Prelight"

#~ msgid "Progress Border"
#~ msgstr "Progress Border"

#~ msgid "Border around the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "Border around the progress bar"

#~ msgid "Border between text and frame."
#~ msgstr "Border between text and frame."

#~ msgid "Visible Window"
#~ msgstr "Visible Window"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used "
#~ "to trap events."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used "
#~ "to trap events."

#~ msgid "Above child"
#~ msgstr "Above child"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of "
#~ "the child widget as opposed to below it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of "
#~ "the child widget as opposed to below it."

#~ msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
#~ msgstr "Space to put between the label and the child"

#~ msgid "Label fill"
#~ msgstr "Label fill"

#~ msgid "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space"
#~ msgstr "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space"

#~ msgid "Expander Size"
#~ msgstr "Expander Size"

#~ msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
#~ msgstr "Spacing around expander arrow"

#~ msgid "Dialog"
#~ msgstr "Dialog"

#~ msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
#~ msgstr "The file chooser dialog to use."

#~ msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
#~ msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialog."

#~ msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
#~ msgstr "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."

#~ msgid "Local Only"
#~ msgstr "Local Only"

#~ msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
#~ msgstr "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"

#~ msgid "Preview widget"
#~ msgstr "Preview widget"

#~ msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
#~ msgstr "Application supplied widget for custom previews."

#~ msgid "Preview Widget Active"
#~ msgstr "Preview Widget Active"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be "
#~ "shown."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be "
#~ "shown."

#~ msgid "Use Preview Label"
#~ msgstr "Use Preview Label"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."

#~ msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
#~ msgstr "Application supplied widget for extra options."

#~ msgid "Show Hidden"
#~ msgstr "Show Hidden"

#~ msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
#~ msgstr "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"

#~ msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
#~ msgstr "Do overwrite confirmation"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite "
#~ "confirmation dialog if necessary."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite "
#~ "confirmation dialog if necessary."

#~ msgid "X position of child widget"
#~ msgstr "X position of child widget"

#~ msgid "Y position"
#~ msgstr "Y position"

#~ msgid "Y position of child widget"
#~ msgstr "Y position of child widget"

#~ msgid "Show style"
#~ msgstr "Show style"

#~ msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
#~ msgstr "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"

#~ msgid "Show size"
#~ msgstr "Show size"

#~ msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
#~ msgstr "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"

#~ msgid "Label yalign"
#~ msgstr "Label yalign"

#~ msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
#~ msgstr "The vertical alignment of the label"

#~ msgid "Frame shadow"
#~ msgstr "Frame shadow"

#~ msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
#~ msgstr "Appearance of the frame border"

#~ msgid "GdkWindow to receive events about"
#~ msgstr "GdkWindow to receive events about"

#~ msgid "Has alpha"
#~ msgstr "Has alpha"

#~ msgid "Whether the color buffer has an alpha component"
#~ msgstr "Whether the color buffer has an alpha component"

#~ msgid "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to"
#~ msgstr "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to"

#~ msgid "The subtitle to display"
#~ msgstr "The subtitle to display"

#~ msgid "Custom Title"
#~ msgstr "Custom Title"

#~ msgid "Decoration Layout Set"
#~ msgstr "Decoration Layout Set"

#~ msgid "Whether the decoration-layout property has been set"
#~ msgstr "Whether the decoration-layout property has been set"

#~ msgid "Has Subtitle"
#~ msgstr "Has Subtitle"

#~ msgid "Selection Box Color"
#~ msgstr "Selection Box Color"

#~ msgid "Color of the selection box"
#~ msgstr "Color of the selection box"

#~ msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
#~ msgstr "Selection Box Alpha"

#~ msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
#~ msgstr "Opacity of the selection box"

#~ msgid "A cairo_surface_t to display"
#~ msgstr "A cairo_surface_t to display"

#~ msgid "Icon set"
#~ msgstr "Icon set"

#~ msgid "Icon set to display"
#~ msgstr "Icon set to display"

#~ msgid "Animation"
#~ msgstr "Animation"

#~ msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
#~ msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"

#~ msgid "Width of border around the content area"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the content area"

#~ msgid "Spacing between elements of the area"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between elements of the area"

#~ msgid "Width of border around the action area"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the action area"

#~ msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
#~ msgstr "The screen where this window will be displayed"

#~ msgid "Pattern"
#~ msgstr "Pattern"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the "
#~ "text to underline"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the "
#~ "text to underline"

#~ msgid "Angle"
#~ msgstr "Angle"

#~ msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
#~ msgstr "Angle at which the label is rotated"

#~ msgid "Track visited links"
#~ msgstr "Track visited links"

#~ msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked"
#~ msgstr "Whether visited links should be tracked"

#~ msgid "The width of the layout"
#~ msgstr "The width of the layout"

#~ msgid "The height of the layout"
#~ msgstr "The height of the layout"

#~ msgid "Minimum height for filling blocks"
#~ msgstr "Minimum height for filling blocks"

#~ msgid "Minimum height for blocks that fill the bar"
#~ msgstr "Minimum height for blocks that fill the bar"

#~ msgid "Minimum width for filling blocks"
#~ msgstr "Minimum width for filling blocks"

#~ msgid "Minimum width for blocks that fill the bar"
#~ msgstr "Minimum width for blocks that fill the bar"

#~ msgid "Pack direction"
#~ msgstr "Pack direction"

#~ msgid "Child Pack direction"
#~ msgstr "Child Pack direction"

#~ msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
#~ msgstr "The child pack direction of the menubar"

#~ msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
#~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the menubar"

#~ msgid "Internal padding"
#~ msgstr "Internal padding"

#~ msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"

#~ msgid "Popup"
#~ msgstr "Popup"

#~ msgid "The dropdown menu."
#~ msgstr "The dropdown menu."

#~ msgid "Align with"
#~ msgstr "Align with"

#~ msgid "The parent widget which the menu should align with."
#~ msgstr "The parent widget which the menu should align with."

#~ msgid "Use a popover"
#~ msgstr "Use a popover"

#~ msgid "Use a popover instead of a menu"
#~ msgstr "Use a popover instead of a menu"

#~ msgid "The currently selected menu item"
#~ msgstr "The currently selected menu item"

#~ msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
#~ msgstr "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"

#~ msgid "Attach Widget"
#~ msgstr "Attach Widget"

#~ msgid "The widget the menu is attached to"
#~ msgstr "The widget the menu is attached to"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is "
#~ "torn-off"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is "
#~ "torn-off"

#~ msgid "Tearoff State"
#~ msgstr "Tearoff State"

#~ msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
#~ msgstr "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"

#~ msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
#~ msgstr "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"

#~ msgid "Reserve Toggle Size"
#~ msgstr "Reserve Toggle Size"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
#~ "icons"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
#~ "icons"

#~ msgid "Anchor hints"
#~ msgstr "Anchor hints"

#~ msgid "Positioning hints for when the menu might fall off-screen"
#~ msgstr "Positioning hints for when the menu might fall off-screen"

#~ msgid "Rect anchor dx"
#~ msgstr "Rect anchor dx"

#~ msgid "Rect anchor horizontal offset"
#~ msgstr "Rect anchor horizontal offset"

#~ msgid "Rect anchor dy"
#~ msgstr "Rect anchor dy"

#~ msgid "Rect anchor vertical offset"
#~ msgstr "Rect anchor vertical offset"

#~ msgid "Menu type hint"
#~ msgstr "Menu type hint"

#~ msgid "Menu window type hint"
#~ msgstr "Menu window type hint"

#~ msgid "Horizontal Padding"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Padding"

#~ msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
#~ msgstr "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"

#~ msgid "Vertical Padding"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Padding"

#~ msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
#~ msgstr "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"

#~ msgid "Vertical Offset"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Offset"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
#~ "vertically"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
#~ "vertically"

#~ msgid "Horizontal Offset"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Offset"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
#~ "horizontally"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
#~ "horizontally"

#~ msgid "Double Arrows"
#~ msgstr "Double Arrows"

#~ msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
#~ msgstr "When scrolling, always show both arrows."

#~ msgid "Arrow Placement"
#~ msgstr "Arrow Placement"

#~ msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
#~ msgstr "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"

#~ msgid "Left Attach"
#~ msgstr "Left Attach"

#~ msgid "Right Attach"
#~ msgstr "Right Attach"

#~ msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
#~ msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"

#~ msgid "Top Attach"
#~ msgstr "Top Attach"

#~ msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
#~ msgstr "The row number to attach the top of the child to"

#~ msgid "Bottom Attach"
#~ msgstr "Bottom Attach"

#~ msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
#~ msgstr "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"

#~ msgid "Right Justified"
#~ msgstr "Right Justified"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu "
#~ "bar"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu "
#~ "bar"

#~ msgid "Submenu"
#~ msgstr "Submenu"

#~ msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
#~ msgstr "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"

#~ msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
#~ msgstr "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"

#~ msgid "Width in Characters"
#~ msgstr "Width in Characters"

#~ msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
#~ msgstr "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"

#~ msgid "Take Focus"
#~ msgstr "Take Focus"

#~ msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
#~ msgstr "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"

#~ msgid "The dropdown menu"
#~ msgstr "The dropdown menu"

#~ msgid "label border"
#~ msgstr "label border"

#~ msgid "Width of border around the label in the message dialog"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the label in the message dialog"

#~ msgid "Image"
#~ msgstr "Image"

#~ msgid "The image"
#~ msgstr "The image"

#~ msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
#~ msgstr "The string displayed on the child's tab label"

#~ msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
#~ msgstr "Secondary backward stepper"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"

#~ msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
#~ msgstr "Secondary forward stepper"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"

#~ msgid "Backward stepper"
#~ msgstr "Backward stepper"

#~ msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
#~ msgstr "Display the standard backward arrow button"

#~ msgid "Forward stepper"
#~ msgstr "Forward stepper"

#~ msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
#~ msgstr "Display the standard forward arrow button"

#~ msgid "Tab overlap"
#~ msgstr "Tab overlap"

#~ msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
#~ msgstr "Size of tab overlap area"

#~ msgid "Tab curvature"
#~ msgstr "Tab curvature"

#~ msgid "Size of tab curvature"
#~ msgstr "Size of tab curvature"

#~ msgid "Arrow spacing"
#~ msgstr "Arrow spacing"

#~ msgid "Scroll arrow spacing"
#~ msgstr "Scroll arrow spacing"

#~ msgid "Initial gap"
#~ msgstr "Initial gap"

#~ msgid "Initial gap before the first tab"
#~ msgstr "Initial gap before the first tab"

#~ msgid "Tab gap"
#~ msgstr "Tab gap"

#~ msgid "Active tab is drawn with a gap at the bottom"
#~ msgstr "Active tab is drawn with a gap at the bottom"

#~ msgid "Pass through input, does not affect main child"
#~ msgstr "Pass through input, does not affect main child"

#~ msgid "Index"
#~ msgstr "Index"

#~ msgid "The index of the overlay in the parent, -1 for the main child"
#~ msgstr "The index of the overlay in the parent, -1 for the main child"

#~ msgid "Handle Size"
#~ msgstr "Handle Size"

#~ msgid "Width of handle"
#~ msgstr "Width of handle"

#~ msgid "Resize"
#~ msgstr "Resize"

#~ msgid "Show 'Connect to Server'"
#~ msgstr "Show 'Connect to Server'"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' "
#~ "dialog"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' "
#~ "dialog"

#~ msgid "Show 'Enter Location'"
#~ msgstr "Show 'Enter Location'"

#~ msgid "Whether the sidebar only includes local files"
#~ msgstr "Whether the sidebar only includes local files"

#~ msgid "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for popups that are not menus"
#~ msgstr "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for popups that are not menus"

#~ msgid "Whether the plug is embedded"
#~ msgstr "Whether the plug is embedded"

#~ msgid "Socket Window"
#~ msgstr "Socket Window"

#~ msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
#~ msgstr "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"

#~ msgid "Relative to"
#~ msgstr "Relative to"

#~ msgid "Widget the bubble window points to"
#~ msgstr "Widget the bubble window points to"

#~ msgid "Transitions enabled"
#~ msgstr "Transitions enabled"

#~ msgid "Whether show/hide transitions are enabled or not"
#~ msgstr "Whether show/hide transitions are enabled or not"

#~ msgid "Constraint for the popover position"
#~ msgstr "Constraint for the popover position"

#~ msgid "The name of the submenu"
#~ msgstr "The name of the submenu"

#~ msgid "X spacing"
#~ msgstr "X spacing"

#~ msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
#~ msgstr "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."

#~ msgid "Y spacing"
#~ msgstr "Y spacing"

#~ msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
#~ msgstr "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."

#~ msgid "Minimum horizontal bar width"
#~ msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar width"

#~ msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"

#~ msgid "Minimum horizontal bar height"
#~ msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar height"

#~ msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"

#~ msgid "Minimum vertical bar width"
#~ msgstr "Minimum vertical bar width"

#~ msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"

#~ msgid "Minimum vertical bar height"
#~ msgstr "Minimum vertical bar height"

#~ msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"

#~ msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
#~ msgstr "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."

#~ msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
#~ msgstr "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."

#~ msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
#~ msgstr "Lower stepper sensitivity"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's "
#~ "lower side"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's "
#~ "lower side"

#~ msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
#~ msgstr "Upper stepper sensitivity"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's "
#~ "upper side"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's "
#~ "upper side"

#~ msgid "Slider Width"
#~ msgstr "Slider Width"

#~ msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
#~ msgstr "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"

#~ msgid "Trough Border"
#~ msgstr "Trough Border"

#~ msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"

#~ msgid "Stepper Size"
#~ msgstr "Stepper Size"

#~ msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
#~ msgstr "Length of step buttons at ends"

#~ msgid "Stepper Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Stepper Spacing"

#~ msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"

#~ msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
#~ msgstr "Arrow X Displacement"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"

#~ msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
#~ msgstr "Arrow Y Displacement"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"

#~ msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
#~ msgstr "Trough Under Steppers"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers "
#~ "and spacing"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers "
#~ "and spacing"

#~ msgid "Arrow scaling"
#~ msgstr "Arrow scaling"

#~ msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
#~ msgstr "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"

#~ msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
#~ msgstr "The RecentManager object to use"

#~ msgid "Show Private"
#~ msgstr "Show Private"

#~ msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
#~ msgstr "Whether the private items should be displayed"

#~ msgid "Show Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Show Tooltips"

#~ msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
#~ msgstr "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"

#~ msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
#~ msgstr "Whether there should be an icon near the item"

#~ msgid "Show Not Found"
#~ msgstr "Show Not Found"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"

#~ msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
#~ msgstr "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"

#~ msgid "Local only"
#~ msgstr "Local only"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"

#~ msgid "Limit"
#~ msgstr "Limit"

#~ msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
#~ msgstr "The maximum number of items to be displayed"

#~ msgid "Sort Type"
#~ msgstr "Sort Type"

#~ msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
#~ msgstr "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"

#~ msgid "The icon size"
#~ msgstr "The icon size"

#~ msgid "Length of scale's slider"
#~ msgstr "Length of scale's slider"

#~ msgid "Value spacing"
#~ msgstr "Value spacing"

#~ msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
#~ msgstr "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"

#~ msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
#~ msgstr "Minimum Slider Length"

#~ msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
#~ msgstr "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"

#~ msgid "Fixed slider size"
#~ msgstr "Fixed slider size"

#~ msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
#~ msgstr "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the "
#~ "scrollbar"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the "
#~ "scrollbar"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"

#~ msgid "Window Placement Set"
#~ msgstr "Window Placement Set"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of "
#~ "the contents with respect to the scrollbars."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of "
#~ "the contents with respect to the scrollbars."

#~ msgid "Shadow Type"
#~ msgstr "Shadow Type"

#~ msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
#~ msgstr "Scrollbars within bevel"

#~ msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
#~ msgstr "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"

#~ msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
#~ msgstr "Scrollbar spacing"

#~ msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
#~ msgstr "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"

#~ msgid "Draw"
#~ msgstr "Draw"

#~ msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
#~ msgstr "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"

#~ msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
#~ msgstr "Fallback Icon Theme Name"

#~ msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
#~ msgstr "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"

#~ msgid "Key Theme Name"
#~ msgstr "Key Theme Name"

#~ msgid "Name of key theme to load"
#~ msgstr "Name of key theme to load"

#~ msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
#~ msgstr "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"

#~ msgid "Icon Sizes"
#~ msgstr "Icon Sizes"

#~ msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
#~ msgstr "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."

#~ msgid "GTK Modules"
#~ msgstr "GTK Modules"

#~ msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
#~ msgstr "List of currently active GTK modules"

#~ msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
#~ msgstr "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to "
#~ "change the input method"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to "
#~ "change the input method"

#~ msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
#~ msgstr "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to "
#~ "insert control characters"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to "
#~ "insert control characters"

#~ msgid "Start timeout"
#~ msgstr "Start timeout"

#~ msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
#~ msgstr "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"

#~ msgid "Repeat timeout"
#~ msgstr "Repeat timeout"

#~ msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
#~ msgstr "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"

#~ msgid "Expand timeout"
#~ msgstr "Expand timeout"

#~ msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
#~ msgstr "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"

#~ msgid "Color scheme"
#~ msgstr "Color scheme"

#~ msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
#~ msgstr "A palette of named colors for use in themes"

#~ msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
#~ msgstr "Enable Touchscreen Mode"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"

#~ msgid "Tooltip timeout"
#~ msgstr "Tooltip timeout"

#~ msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
#~ msgstr "Timeout before tooltip is shown"

#~ msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
#~ msgstr "Tooltip browse timeout"

#~ msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
#~ msgstr "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"

#~ msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
#~ msgstr "Tooltip browse mode timeout"

#~ msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
#~ msgstr "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"

#~ msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
#~ msgstr "Keynav Cursor Only"

#~ msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
#~ msgstr "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"

#~ msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
#~ msgstr "Keynav Wrap Around"

#~ msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
#~ msgstr "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"

#~ msgid "Color Hash"
#~ msgstr "Color Hash"

#~ msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
#~ msgstr "A hash table representation of the color scheme."

#~ msgid "Default file chooser backend"
#~ msgstr "Default file chooser backend"

#~ msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
#~ msgstr "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"

#~ msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
#~ msgstr "Enable Mnemonics"

#~ msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
#~ msgstr "Whether labels should have mnemonics"

#~ msgid "Recent Files Limit"
#~ msgstr "Recent Files Limit"

#~ msgid "Enable Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Enable Tooltips"

#~ msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
#~ msgstr "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"

#~ msgid "Toolbar style"
#~ msgstr "Toolbar style"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."

#~ msgid "Toolbar Icon Size"
#~ msgstr "Toolbar Icon Size"

#~ msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars."
#~ msgstr "The size of icons in default toolbars."

#~ msgid "Auto Mnemonics"
#~ msgstr "Auto Mnemonics"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
#~ "presses the mnemonic activator."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
#~ "presses the mnemonic activator."

#~ msgid "Visible Focus"
#~ msgstr "Visible Focus"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether 'focus rectangles' should be hidden until the user starts to use "
#~ "the keyboard."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether 'focus rectangles' should be hidden until the user starts to use "
#~ "the keyboard."

#~ msgid "Show button images"
#~ msgstr "Show button images"

#~ msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
#~ msgstr "Whether images should be shown on buttons"

#~ msgid "Show menu images"
#~ msgstr "Show menu images"

#~ msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
#~ msgstr "Whether images should be shown in menus"

#~ msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
#~ msgstr "Delay before drop down menus appear"

#~ msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
#~ msgstr "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"

#~ msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
#~ msgstr "Scrolled Window Placement"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
#~ "scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
#~ "scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."

#~ msgid "Can change accelerators"
#~ msgstr "Can change accelerators"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu "
#~ "item"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu "
#~ "item"

#~ msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
#~ msgstr "Delay before submenus appear"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu "
#~ "appear"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu "
#~ "appear"

#~ msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
#~ msgstr "Delay before hiding a submenu"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
#~ "submenu"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
#~ "submenu"

#~ msgid "Custom palette"
#~ msgstr "Custom palette"

#~ msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
#~ msgstr "Palette to use in the color selector"

#~ msgid "IM Preedit style"
#~ msgstr "IM Preedit style"

#~ msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
#~ msgstr "How to draw the input method preedit string"

#~ msgid "IM Status style"
#~ msgstr "IM Status style"

#~ msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
#~ msgstr "How to draw the input method statusbar"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the "
#~ "group"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the "
#~ "group"

#~ msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
#~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the spin button"

#~ msgid "Homogeneous sizing"
#~ msgstr "Homogeneous sizing"

#~ msgid "Symbolic size to use for named icon"
#~ msgstr "Symbolic size to use for named icon"

#~ msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
#~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"

#~ msgid "The associated GdkFrameClock"
#~ msgstr "The associated GdkFrameClock"

#~ msgid "Value type"
#~ msgstr "Value type"

#~ msgid "The value type returned by GtkStyleContext"
#~ msgstr "The value type returned by GtkStyleContext"

#~ msgid "The minimum width of the handle"
#~ msgstr "The minimum width of the handle"

#~ msgid "Slider Height"
#~ msgstr "Slider Height"

#~ msgid "The minimum height of the handle"
#~ msgstr "The minimum height of the handle"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND "
#~ "source"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND "
#~ "source"

#~ msgid "Paste target list"
#~ msgstr "Paste target list"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
#~ "destination"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
#~ "destination"

#~ msgid "Paragraph background color"
#~ msgstr "Paragraph background color"

#~ msgid "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor"

#~ msgid "Error underline color"
#~ msgstr "Error underline color"

#~ msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
#~ msgstr "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"

#~ msgid "Draw Indicator"
#~ msgstr "Draw Indicator"

#~ msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
#~ msgstr "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"

#~ msgid "Toolbar Style"
#~ msgstr "Toolbar Style"

#~ msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
#~ msgstr "How to draw the toolbar"

#~ msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
#~ msgstr "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"

#~ msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
#~ msgstr "Size of icons in this toolbar"

#~ msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
#~ msgstr "Whether the icon-size property has been set"

#~ msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"

#~ msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"

#~ msgid "Spacer size"
#~ msgstr "Spacer size"

#~ msgid "Size of spacers"
#~ msgstr "Size of spacers"

#~ msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
#~ msgstr "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"

#~ msgid "Maximum child expand"
#~ msgstr "Maximum child expand"

#~ msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
#~ msgstr "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"

#~ msgid "Space style"
#~ msgstr "Space style"

#~ msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
#~ msgstr "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"

#~ msgid "Button relief"
#~ msgstr "Button relief"

#~ msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
#~ msgstr "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"

#~ msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
#~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the toolbar"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next "
#~ "character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow "
#~ "menu"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next "
#~ "character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow "
#~ "menu"

#~ msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
#~ msgstr "Widget to use as the item label"

#~ msgid "Stock Id"
#~ msgstr "Stock Id"

#~ msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
#~ msgstr "The stock icon displayed on the item"

#~ msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
#~ msgstr "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"

#~ msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
#~ msgstr "Icon widget to display in the item"

#~ msgid "Icon spacing"
#~ msgstr "Icon spacing"

#~ msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
#~ msgstr "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar "
#~ "buttons show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar "
#~ "buttons show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"

#~ msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
#~ msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual label"

#~ msgid "Collapsed"
#~ msgstr "Collapsed"

#~ msgid "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
#~ msgstr "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"

#~ msgid "ellipsize"
#~ msgstr "ellipsize"

#~ msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers"
#~ msgstr "Ellipsize for item group headers"

#~ msgid "Header Relief"
#~ msgstr "Header Relief"

#~ msgid "Relief of the group header button"
#~ msgstr "Relief of the group header button"

#~ msgid "Header Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Header Spacing"

#~ msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"

#~ msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"

#~ msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should fill the available space"

#~ msgid "New Row"
#~ msgstr "New Row"

#~ msgid "Whether the item should start a new row"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should start a new row"

#~ msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette"
#~ msgstr "Size of icons in this tool palette"

#~ msgid "Style of items in the tool palette"
#~ msgstr "Style of items in the tool palette"

#~ msgid "Exclusive"
#~ msgstr "Exclusive"

#~ msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"

#~ msgid "TreeMenu model"
#~ msgstr "TreeMenu model"

#~ msgid "TreeMenu root row"
#~ msgstr "TreeMenu root row"

#~ msgid "The TreeMenu will display children of the specified root"
#~ msgstr "The TreeMenu will display children of the specified root"

#~ msgid "Tearoff"
#~ msgstr "Tearoff"

#~ msgid "Whether the menu has a tearoff item"
#~ msgstr "Whether the menu has a tearoff item"

#~ msgid "Wrap Width"
#~ msgstr "Wrap Width"

#~ msgid "Wrap width for laying out items in a grid"
#~ msgstr "Wrap width for laying out items in a grid"

#~ msgid "Rules Hint"
#~ msgstr "Rules Hint"

#~ msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
#~ msgstr "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"

#~ msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Separator Width"

#~ msgid "Vertical space between cells.  Must be an even number"
#~ msgstr "Vertical space between cells.  Must be an even number"

#~ msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Separator Width"

#~ msgid "Horizontal space between cells.  Must be an even number"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal space between cells.  Must be an even number"

#~ msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
#~ msgstr "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"

#~ msgid "Make the expanders indented"
#~ msgstr "Make the expanders indented"

#~ msgid "Even Row Color"
#~ msgstr "Even Row Color"

#~ msgid "Color to use for even rows"
#~ msgstr "Color to use for even rows"

#~ msgid "Odd Row Color"
#~ msgstr "Odd Row Color"

#~ msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
#~ msgstr "Color to use for odd rows"

#~ msgid "Grid line width"
#~ msgstr "Grid line width"

#~ msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
#~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"

#~ msgid "Tree line width"
#~ msgstr "Tree line width"

#~ msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
#~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"

#~ msgid "Grid line pattern"
#~ msgstr "Grid line pattern"

#~ msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
#~ msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"

#~ msgid "Tree line pattern"
#~ msgstr "Tree line pattern"

#~ msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
#~ msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"

#~ msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
#~ msgstr "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"

#~ msgid "Application paintable"
#~ msgstr "Application paintable"

#~ msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
#~ msgstr "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"

#~ msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
#~ msgstr "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"

#~ msgid "Can default"
#~ msgstr "Can default"

#~ msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
#~ msgstr "Whether the widget can be the default widget"

#~ msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
#~ msgstr "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"

#~ msgid "Style"
#~ msgstr "Style"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will "
#~ "look (colors etc)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will "
#~ "look (colors etc)"

#~ msgid "Events"
#~ msgstr "Events"

#~ msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
#~ msgstr "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"

#~ msgid "No show all"
#~ msgstr "No show all"

#~ msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
#~ msgstr "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"

#~ msgid "The widget's window if it is realized"
#~ msgstr "The widget's window if it is realized"

#~ msgid "Double Buffered"
#~ msgstr "Double Buffered"

#~ msgid "Whether the widget is double buffered"
#~ msgstr "Whether the widget is double buffered"

#~ msgid "Margin on Left"
#~ msgstr "Margin on Left"

#~ msgid "Pixels of extra space on the left side"
#~ msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the left side"

#~ msgid "Margin on Right"
#~ msgstr "Margin on Right"

#~ msgid "Pixels of extra space on the right side"
#~ msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the right side"

#~ msgid "All Margins"
#~ msgstr "All Margins"

#~ msgid "Pixels of extra space on all four sides"
#~ msgstr "Pixels of extra space on all four sides"

#~ msgid "Expand Both"
#~ msgstr "Expand Both"

#~ msgid "Interior Focus"
#~ msgstr "Interior Focus"

#~ msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
#~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"

#~ msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
#~ msgstr "Focus line dash pattern"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator. The character values are "
#~ "interpreted as pixel widths of alternating on and off segments of the "
#~ "line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator. The character values are "
#~ "interpreted as pixel widths of alternating on and off segments of the "
#~ "line."

#~ msgid "Focus padding"
#~ msgstr "Focus padding"

#~ msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
#~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"

#~ msgid "Cursor color"
#~ msgstr "Cursor color"

#~ msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
#~ msgstr "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"

#~ msgid "Secondary cursor color"
#~ msgstr "Secondary cursor color"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing "
#~ "mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing "
#~ "mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"

#~ msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
#~ msgstr "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"

#~ msgid "Window dragging"
#~ msgstr "Window dragging"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether windows can be dragged and maximized by clicking on empty areas"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether windows can be dragged and maximized by clicking on empty areas"

#~ msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
#~ msgstr "Unvisited Link Color"

#~ msgid "Color of unvisited links"
#~ msgstr "Color of unvisited links"

#~ msgid "Visited Link Color"
#~ msgstr "Visited Link Color"

#~ msgid "Color of visited links"
#~ msgstr "Color of visited links"

#~ msgid "Wide Separators"
#~ msgstr "Wide Separators"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a "
#~ "box instead of a line"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a "
#~ "box instead of a line"

#~ msgid "Separator Width"
#~ msgstr "Separator Width"

#~ msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
#~ msgstr "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"

#~ msgid "Separator Height"
#~ msgstr "Separator Height"

#~ msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
#~ msgstr "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"

#~ msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"

#~ msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
#~ msgstr "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"

#~ msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"

#~ msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
#~ msgstr "The length of vertical scroll arrows"

#~ msgid "Width of text selection handles"
#~ msgstr "Width of text selection handles"

#~ msgid "Height of text selection handles"
#~ msgstr "Height of text selection handles"

#~ msgid "The type of the window"
#~ msgstr "The type of the window"

#~ msgid "Window Role"
#~ msgstr "Window Role"

#~ msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"

#~ msgid "Window Position"
#~ msgstr "Window Position"

#~ msgid "The initial position of the window"
#~ msgstr "The initial position of the window"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"

#~ msgid "Hide the titlebar during maximization"
#~ msgstr "Hide the titlebar during maximization"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized"

#~ msgid "Icon for this window"
#~ msgstr "Icon for this window"

#~ msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
#~ msgstr "Focus in Toplevel"

#~ msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
#~ msgstr "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"

#~ msgid "Type hint"
#~ msgstr "Type hint"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this "
#~ "is and how to treat it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this "
#~ "is and how to treat it."

#~ msgid "Skip taskbar"
#~ msgstr "Skip taskbar"

#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."

#~ msgid "Skip pager"
#~ msgstr "Skip pager"

#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."

#~ msgid "Urgent"
#~ msgstr "Urgent"

#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."

#~ msgid "Accept focus"
#~ msgstr "Accept focus"

#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."

#~ msgid "Focus on map"
#~ msgstr "Focus on map"

#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."

#~ msgid "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip"
#~ msgstr "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip"

#~ msgid "Resize grip is visible"
#~ msgstr "Resize grip is visible"

#~ msgid "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible."
#~ msgstr "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible."

#~ msgid "Gravity"
#~ msgstr "Gravity"

#~ msgid "The window gravity of the window"
#~ msgstr "The window gravity of the window"

#~ msgid "Attached to Widget"
#~ msgstr "Attached to Widget"

#~ msgid "The widget where the window is attached"
#~ msgstr "The widget where the window is attached"

#~ msgid "Decorated button layout"
#~ msgstr "Decorated button layout"

#~ msgid "Decoration resize handle size"
#~ msgstr "Decoration resize handle size"

#~ msgid "The number of decimal places to which the value is rounded"
#~ msgstr "The number of decimal places to which the value is rounded"

#~ msgid "Sans 12"
#~ msgstr "Sans 12"

#~ msgid "Name of default font to use"
#~ msgstr "Name of default font to use"

#~ msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
#~ msgstr "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"

#~ msgid "The GDK display the context is from"
#~ msgstr "The GDK display the context is from"

#~ msgid "The GL profile the context was created for"
#~ msgstr "The GL profile the context was created for"

#~ msgid "Affects font"
#~ msgstr "Affects font"

#~ msgid "Set if the value affects the font"
#~ msgstr "Set if the value affects the font"

#~ msgid "Width of resize grip"
#~ msgstr "Width of resize grip"

#~ msgid "Height of resize grip"
#~ msgstr "Height of resize grip"

#~ msgid "Hold Time"
#~ msgstr "Hold Time"

#~ msgid "Drag Threshold"
#~ msgstr "Drag Threshold"

#~ msgid "Drag Threshold (in pixels)"
#~ msgstr "Drag Threshold (in pixels)"

#~ msgid "inspected"
#~ msgstr "inspected"

#~ msgid "The dropdown menu's model."
#~ msgstr "The dropdown menu's model."

#~ msgid "menu-model"
#~ msgstr "menu-model"

#~ msgid "align-widget"
#~ msgstr "align-widget"

#~ msgid "direction"
#~ msgstr "direction"

#~ msgid "Window the coordinates are based upon"
#~ msgstr "Window the coordinates are based upon"

#~ msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
#~ msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"

#~ msgid "The amount of space to the left and right of children"
#~ msgstr "The amount of space to the left and right of children"

#~ msgid "The amount of space to the above and below children"
#~ msgstr "The amount of space to the above and below children"

#~ msgid "menu"
#~ msgstr "menu"

#~ msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
#~ msgstr "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"

#~ msgid "Specified type"
#~ msgstr "Specified type"

#~ msgid "Computed type"
#~ msgstr "Computed type"

#~ msgid "The type of values after style lookup"
#~ msgstr "The type of values after style lookup"

#~ msgid "Event base"
#~ msgstr "Event base"

#~ msgid "Event base for XInput events"
#~ msgstr "Event base for XInput events"

#~ msgid "Background rgba"
#~ msgstr "Background rgba"

#~ msgid "Foreground rgba"
#~ msgstr "Foreground rgba"

#~ msgid "Paragraph background rgba"
#~ msgstr "Paragraph background rgba"

#~ msgid "Not Authorized Text"
#~ msgstr "Not Authorized Text"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The text to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The text to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"

#~ msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"

#~ msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"

#~ msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"

#~ msgid "Tab pack type"
#~ msgstr "Tab pack type"

#~ msgid "Update policy"
#~ msgstr "Update policy"

#~ msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
#~ msgstr "How the range should be updated on the screen"

#~ msgid "Number of steps"
#~ msgstr "Number of steps"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The "
#~ "animation will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see "
#~ "#GtkSpinner:cycle-duration)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The "
#~ "animation will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see "
#~ "#GtkSpinner:cycle-duration)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, "
#~ "it defaults to the URL"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, "
#~ "it defaults to the URL"

#~ msgid "Extension events"
#~ msgstr "Extension events"

#~ msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"

#~ msgid "Lower"
#~ msgstr "Lower"

#~ msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
#~ msgstr "Lower limit of ruler"

#~ msgid "Upper"
#~ msgstr "Upper"

#~ msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
#~ msgstr "Upper limit of ruler"

#~ msgid "Max Size"
#~ msgstr "Max Size"

#~ msgid "Metric"
#~ msgstr "Metric"

#~ msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
#~ msgstr "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"

#~ msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"

#~ msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position "
#~ "for this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position "
#~ "for this viewport"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
#~ "this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
#~ "this viewport"

#~ msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
#~ msgstr "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"

#~ msgid "State Hint"
#~ msgstr "State Hint"

#~ msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
#~ msgstr "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"

#~ msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
#~ msgstr "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"

#~ msgid "Pixmap"
#~ msgstr "Pixmap"

#~ msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
#~ msgstr "A GdkPixmap to display"

#~ msgid "Mask"
#~ msgstr "Mask"

#~ msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap"
#~ msgstr "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the "
#~ "buttons"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the "
#~ "buttons"

#~ msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
#~ msgstr "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with "
#~ "shadow IN while they are dragged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with "
#~ "shadow IN while they are dragged"

#~ msgid "Trough Side Details"
#~ msgstr "Trough Side Details"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are "
#~ "drawn with different details"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are "
#~ "drawn with different details"

#~ msgid "Stepper Position Details"
#~ msgstr "Stepper Position Details"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with "
#~ "position information"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with "
#~ "position information"

#~ msgid "Blinking"
#~ msgstr "Blinking"

#~ msgid "Row Ending details"
#~ msgstr "Row Ending details"

#~ msgid "Enable extended row background theming"
#~ msgstr "Enable extended row background theming"

#~ msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
#~ msgstr "the GdkScreen for the renderer"

#~ msgid "A GdkImage to display"
#~ msgstr "A GdkImage to display"

#~ msgid "Background stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Background stipple mask"

#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
#~ msgstr "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"

#~ msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Foreground stipple mask"

#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
#~ msgstr "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"

#~ msgid "Background stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Background stipple set"

#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
#~ msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"

#~ msgid "Foreground stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Foreground stipple set"

#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
#~ msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"

#~ msgid "Draw Border"
#~ msgstr "Draw Border"

#~ msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
#~ msgstr "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"

#~ msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
#~ msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."

#~ msgid "Invisible char set"
#~ msgstr "Invisible char set"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by "
#~ "gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by "
#~ "gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"

#~ msgid "Allow Shrink"
#~ msgstr "Allow Shrink"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of "
#~ "the time a bad idea"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of "
#~ "the time a bad idea"

#~ msgid "Allow Grow"
#~ msgstr "Allow Grow"

#~ msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"

#~ msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
#~ msgstr "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"

#~ msgid "Number of Channels"
#~ msgstr "Number of Channels"

#~ msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
#~ msgstr "The number of samples per pixel"

#~ msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
#~ msgstr "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"

#~ msgid "Bits per Sample"
#~ msgstr "Bits per Sample"

#~ msgid "The number of bits per sample"
#~ msgstr "The number of bits per sample"

#~ msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "The number of columns of the pixbuf"

#~ msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "The number of rows of the pixbuf"

#~ msgid "Rowstride"
#~ msgstr "Rowstride"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next "
#~ "row"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next "
#~ "row"

#~ msgid "Pixels"
#~ msgstr "Pixels"

#~ msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"

#~ msgid "Activity mode"
#~ msgstr "Activity mode"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
#~ "take."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
#~ "take."

#~ msgid "Enable arrow keys"
#~ msgstr "Enable arrow keys"

#~ msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
#~ msgstr "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"

#~ msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
#~ msgstr "Obsolete property, ignored"

#~ msgid "Case sensitive"
#~ msgstr "Case sensitive"

#~ msgid "Allow empty"
#~ msgstr "Allow empty"

#~ msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
#~ msgstr "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"

#~ msgid "Value in list"
#~ msgstr "Value in list"

#~ msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
#~ msgstr "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"

#~ msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
#~ msgstr "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"

#~ msgid "Minimum X"
#~ msgstr "Minimum X"

#~ msgid "Maximum X"
#~ msgstr "Maximum X"

#~ msgid "Maximum possible X value"
#~ msgstr "Maximum possible X value"

#~ msgid "Minimum Y"
#~ msgstr "Minimum Y"

#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Minimum possible value for Y"

#~ msgid "Maximum Y"
#~ msgstr "Maximum Y"

#~ msgid "File System Backend"
#~ msgstr "File System Backend"

#~ msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
#~ msgstr "Name of file system backend to use"

#~ msgid "The currently selected filename"
#~ msgstr "The currently selected filename"

#~ msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
#~ msgstr "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"

#~ msgid "Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Tab Border"

#~ msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Width of the border around the tab labels"

#~ msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Tab Border"

#~ msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"

#~ msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Tab Border"

#~ msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"

#~ msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
#~ msgstr "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"

#~ msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
#~ msgstr "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"

#~ msgid "User Data"
#~ msgstr "User Data"

#~ msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
#~ msgstr "Anonymous User Data Pointer"

#~ msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
#~ msgstr "Size of dropdown indicator"

#~ msgid "Spacing around indicator"
#~ msgstr "Spacing around indicator"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"

#~ msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"

#~ msgid "Bar style"
#~ msgstr "Bar style"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"

#~ msgid "Activity Step"
#~ msgstr "Activity Step"

#~ msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"

#~ msgid "Activity Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Activity Blocks"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"

#~ msgid "Discrete Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Discrete Blocks"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"

#~ msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"

#~ msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"

#~ msgid "Line Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Line Wrap"

#~ msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"

#~ msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"

#~ msgid "Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Tooltips"

#~ msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
#~ msgstr "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"

#~ msgid "The orientation of the toolbar"
#~ msgstr "The orientation of the toolbar"

#~ msgid "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"
#~ msgstr "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"

#~ msgid "The current page in the document."
#~ msgstr "The page size of the adjustment"

#~ msgid "Homogenous"
#~ msgstr "Homogenous"

#~ msgid "Show Preview"
#~ msgstr "Show text"

#~ msgid "Width In Chararacters"
#~ msgstr "Width In Chararacters"

#~ msgid "Folder Mode"
#~ msgstr "Folder Mode"